Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Distribution / Amerisourcebergen

Amerisourcebergen

abc · ASX Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker abc
Exchange ASX
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Distribution
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2010 Annual Report · Amerisourcebergen
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Adelaide Brighton Ltd Annual Report 2010

Adelaide Brighton Ltd 
ABN 15 007 596 018
Level 1
157 Grenfell Street
Adelaide
South Australia 5000
GPO Box 2155
Adelaide SA 5001
Telephone (08) 8223 8000
Facsimile (08) 8215 0030
Web www.adbri.com.au

Adelaide Brighton Ltd is a leading, integrated construction 
materials and lime producing group of companies focused 
on the engineering, infrastructure and resource sectors. 
The Group’s principal activities are the production and marketing 
of clinker, cement and lime products, premixed concrete and 
aggregates, and concrete products. Adelaide Brighton originated 
in 1882 and is a S&P/ASX200 company with 1,600 employees 
and operations in all Australian states and territories.

Cement and Lime
Adelaide Brighton is a market leader in cement and lime in South Australia, Western Australia, 
and the Northern Territory through its Adelaide Brighton Cement, Cockburn Cement and 
Northern Cement operations. It also has strategic operations in the eastern states through its 
Morgan Cement grinding facility in New South Wales, and its 50% owned cement supply joint 
ventures in Queensland (Sunstate Cement) and Victoria (Independent Cement and Lime).

Concrete and Aggregates
Adelaide Brighton has a modest position in the premixed concrete markets through 
Hy-Tec in Victoria, New South Wales and south east Queensland, and a 50% joint 
venture in northern Victoria and southern New South Wales with the Mawson Group. 
The Company has an emerging position in aggregate supply, with strategic reserves 
at Austen Quarry, west of Sydney, through the Mawson Group in northern Victoria 
and southern New South Wales and Hurd Haulage in northern New South Wales.  

Concrete Products
Under the brand of Adbri Masonry, Adelaide Brighton holds 
the number one market position in Australia in the masonry 
products market, with operations in Queensland, New South 
Wales, Victoria, Tasmania and South Australia.

Customers and sustainability 
The major end-use markets for Adelaide Brighton’s 
products include residential and non-residential 
construction, engineering construction, alumina, 
and gold mining and production. The Company’s 
commitment to sustainable development is 
demonstrated through a range of actions 
implemented across a balanced program of 
business based initiatives.  Adelaide Brighton 
believes that setting and achieving sustainability 
objectives throughout its organisation positions it 
for long term competitive business performance.

Cover quotation: study by the 

American Concrete Institute

1

2

3

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

23

30

32

34

38

48

94

95

96

2010 highlights

Chairman’s report

Managing Director’s report

Financial results

Review of operations

Cement and Lime

Concrete and Aggregates

Concrete Products

Joint ventures

Map of operations

Sustainability

Corporate governance

Directors

Shareholder information

Directors’ report

Remuneration report

Financial statements

Auditor’s independence declaration

Independent audit report

Financial history

The Adelaide Brighton logo, the MCI logo, the Cockburn Cement logo, 
the Swan Cement logo, the Northern Cement logo, the Hy-Tec logo, 
the Adbri Masonry logo, the Hurd Haulage logo and the Kancon logo 
are trade marks of Adelaide Brighton Ltd or its related bodies corporate

Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
Revenue of $1,072.9 million - 
an increase of 8.7%
an increase of 8.7%
an increase of 8.7%
an increase of 8.7%
an increase of 8.7%
an increase of 8.7%
an increase of 8.7%
an increase of 8.7%
an increase of 8.7%
an increase of 8.7%
an increase of 8.7%
an increase of 8.7%
an increase of 8.7%
an increase of 8.7%
an increase of 8.7%
an increase of 8.7%
an increase of 8.7%
an increase of 8.7%
an increase of 8.7%
an increase of 8.7%
an increase of 8.7%
an increase of 8.7%
an increase of 8.7%
an increase of 8.7%

Earnings before interest and tax of 
Earnings before interest and tax of 
Earnings before interest and tax of 
Earnings before interest and tax of 
Earnings before interest and tax of 
Earnings before interest and tax of 
Earnings before interest and tax of 
Earnings before interest and tax of 
Earnings before interest and tax of 
Earnings before interest and tax of 
Earnings before interest and tax of 
Earnings before interest and tax of 
Earnings before interest and tax of 
Earnings before interest and tax of 
Earnings before interest and tax of 
$216.2 million - a 16.7% increase
$216.2 million - a 16.7% increase
$216.2 million - a 16.7% increase
$216.2 million - a 16.7% increase
$216.2 million - a 16.7% increase
$216.2 million - a 16.7% increase
$216.2 million - a 16.7% increase
$216.2 million - a 16.7% increase
$216.2 million - a 16.7% increase
$216.2 million - a 16.7% increase
$216.2 million - a 16.7% increase
$216.2 million - a 16.7% increase
$216.2 million - a 16.7% increase
$216.2 million - a 16.7% increase
$216.2 million - a 16.7% increase

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation 
Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation 
Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation 
Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation 
Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation 
Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation 
and amortisation of $269.0 million - 
and amortisation of $269.0 million - 
and amortisation of $269.0 million - 
and amortisation of $269.0 million - 
and amortisation of $269.0 million - 
and amortisation of $269.0 million - 
an 11.1% increase
an 11.1% increase
an 11.1% increase
an 11.1% increase
an 11.1% increase
an 11.1% increase

Profi t before tax of $202.2 million - 
Profi t before tax of $202.2 million - 
Profi t before tax of $202.2 million - 
Profi t before tax of $202.2 million - 
Profi t before tax of $202.2 million - 
Profi t before tax of $202.2 million - 
a 19.9% increase
a 19.9% increase
a 19.9% increase
a 19.9% increase
a 19.9% increase
a 19.9% increase

Net profi t attributable to members of 
Net profi t attributable to members of 
Net profi t attributable to members of 
Net profi t attributable to members of 
Net profi t attributable to members of 
Net profi t attributable to members of 
$151.5 million - an increase of 23.1%
$151.5 million - an increase of 23.1%
$151.5 million - an increase of 23.1%
$151.5 million - an increase of 23.1%
$151.5 million - an increase of 23.1%
$151.5 million - an increase of 23.1%

Earnings per share increased by 
Earnings per share increased by 
Earnings per share increased by 
Earnings per share increased by 
Earnings per share increased by 
Earnings per share increased by 
17.2% to 23.9 cents (20.4 cents pcp)
17.2% to 23.9 cents (20.4 cents pcp)
17.2% to 23.9 cents (20.4 cents pcp)
17.2% to 23.9 cents (20.4 cents pcp)
17.2% to 23.9 cents (20.4 cents pcp)
17.2% to 23.9 cents (20.4 cents pcp)

Final total dividend of 11.5 cents, franked 
Final total dividend of 11.5 cents, franked 
Final total dividend of 11.5 cents, franked 
Final total dividend of 11.5 cents, franked 
Final total dividend of 11.5 cents, franked 
Final total dividend of 11.5 cents, franked 
to 100%, in addition to the total interim 
to 100%, in addition to the total interim 
to 100%, in addition to the total interim 
to 100%, in addition to the total interim 
to 100%, in addition to the total interim 
to 100%, in addition to the total interim 
dividend of 10.0 cents, franked to 100%
dividend of 10.0 cents, franked to 100%
dividend of 10.0 cents, franked to 100%
dividend of 10.0 cents, franked to 100%
dividend of 10.0 cents, franked to 100%
dividend of 10.0 cents, franked to 100%

Cash fl ow from operations increased 
Cash fl ow from operations increased 
Cash fl ow from operations increased 
Cash fl ow from operations increased 
Cash fl ow from operations increased 
Cash fl ow from operations increased 
to $188.5 million 
to $188.5 million 
to $188.5 million 
to $188.5 million 
to $188.5 million 
to $188.5 million 

Gearing1 reduced to 15.9% 
Gearing1 reduced to 15.9% 
Gearing111 reduced to 15.9% 
Gearing1 reduced to 15.9% 
 reduced to 15.9% 
 reduced to 15.9% 
Gearing
Gearing
(19.6% pcp) due to reduced debt levels
(19.6% pcp) due to reduced debt levels
(19.6% pcp) due to reduced debt levels
(19.6% pcp) due to reduced debt levels
(19.6% pcp) due to reduced debt levels
(19.6% pcp) due to reduced debt levels

Interest cover increased to 15.4 times 
Interest cover increased to 15.4 times 
Interest cover increased to 15.4 times 
Interest cover increased to 15.4 times 
Interest cover increased to 15.4 times 
Interest cover increased to 15.4 times 
(11.1 times pcp)
(11.1 times pcp)
(11.1 times pcp)
(11.1 times pcp)
(11.1 times pcp)
(11.1 times pcp)

$ millions 
$ millions 

Rev
Revenue 

2010 
2010 

    2009
    2009

1,072.9 

987.2

Depreciation and Amortisation  
Depreciation and Amortisation  

(52.8) 
(52.8) 

(56.8)
(56.8)

Earnings before interest and tax (“EBIT”) 
Ea
Net interest2 
Net interest

Pr
Profi t before tax 
Tax expense  
Tax expense  

Net profi t after tax  
Ne
Non-controlling interests 
Non-controlling interests 

216.2 
(14.0) 

202.2 
(50.8) 
(50.8) 

151.4 
0.1 
0.1 

185.3
(16.7)

168.6
(45.4)
(45.4)

123.2
(0.1)
(0.1)

Net profi t attributable to members 
Net profi t attributable to members 

151.5 
151.5 

123.1
123.1

Earnings per share (cents)  
Ea
Total dividends per share - fully franked (cents)3 
Total dividends per share - fully franked (cents)
Net debt (A$ millions) 
Net debt (A$ millions) 
Net debt/equity (%)
Net debt/equity (%) 

23.9 
21.5 
148.4 
148.4 
15.9% 

20.4
13.5
175.4
175.4
19.6%

1 Net debt/equity
2 Interest shown gross in the Income Statement with interest income included in revenue
3 Includes special dividends of 5.0 cents in 2010

y
r
a
m
m
u
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

$m

Profi t after tax

180

150

120

90

60

30

0

06

07

08

09

10

c/share

Dividends per share

25

20

15

10

5

0

09

103

061 072 08
1  Includes 6.0 cents special dividend
2  Includes 3.5 cents special dividend
3  Includes 5.0 cents special dividend

$m

Cash fl ow from operations

200

150

100

50

0

%

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

%

20

15

10

5

0

06

07

08

09

10

Gearing: net debt to equity

06

07

08

09

10

Return on shareholders funds

06

07

08

09

10

Times

Interest cover EBITDA basis

20

15

10

5

0

06

07

08

09

10

 
Adelaide Brighton’s long term strategy to grow shareholder returns 
delivered improved profi tability, strong operating cash fl ows, a reduction 
in net debt and an increase in ordinary and special dividends.

Board

Malcolm Kinnaird AC retired from the Board 
in May 2010 after a very successful 13 years 
as Chairman. While he was at the helm, 
Adelaide Brighton delivered signifi cant growth 
in earnings and shareholder returns. I thank 
Mr Kinnaird for his long and dedicated service 
and acknowledge his extensive contribution 
to the Company. 

Ken Scott-Mackenzie joined the Board in 
July 2010 as a non-executive Director and 
member of the Company’s Independent 
Directors’ Committee. Mr Scott-Mackenzie 
has more than 35 years’ experience in 
infrastructure, construction and mining 
services gained in Australia and South 
Africa, and a background in the fi nancial, 
legal and commercial aspects of projects. 

In early April 2011, the Board appointed 
Arlene Tansey as a non-executive Director. 
Ms Tansey has spent over 25 years as a 
senior executive in business and fi nancial 
services with a background in investment 
banking and securities law gained in 
Australia and the United States.

During 2010, the Board held several of its 
meetings in regional centres around Australia. 
It intends to continue to visit Company sites 
especially where new businesses have been 
recently acquired to ensure it has fi rst hand 
knowledge of the operations and meet and 
welcome new staff members.

The Company has actively engaged in 
discussions with the Cement Industry 
Federation and National Lime Association 
of Australia about the development of a pricing 
scheme for greenhouse gases. The Federal 
Government’s plans to revisit a carbon-pricing 
scheme are still in their infancy, however, 
Adelaide Brighton intends to contribute its 
experience and knowledge to help guide 
the process and ensure a successful 
outcome for sustainability principles.  

Environmental performance

Adelaide Brighton is committed to 
conducting its business responsibly. 

The Company recognises that the production 
of cement and lime has a signifi cant impact 
on our environment. Our production facilities 
operate within a regulated framework. This 
includes permits and licenses which allow 
the Company’s subsidiaries to carry on their 
production activities according to conditions 
specifi ed. This provides certainty for the 
Company, its customers, its suppliers 
and the community. 

The Company continually strives to improve 
its impact on the environment. We value 
engagement with the community through 
liaison groups and consultation on the sites’ 
Environmental Improvement Plans. The Board 
has approved signifi cant capital expenditure 
for various production operations, which will 
enhance environmental performance.

Governance 

Risk management

The Board is committed to conducting 
the Company’s business ethically and in 
accordance with high standards of corporate 
governance. To that end, it has established 
a number of committees with responsibility 
for particular areas. These committees meet 
on a regular basis and each has a charter, 
which is reviewed periodically.

Sustainability

Adelaide Brighton continues to develop 
and report to all stakeholders its principal 
measures of sustainability. These embrace 
health and safety, effi ciency, emissions 
intensity, fuel utilisation, raw material 
substitution and resource management. 

We have a strong culture of risk management 
at Adelaide Brighton. The Company continues 
to assess and manage its key business risks 
and risk management processes, monitoring 
compliance with the Group’s policies that 
recognise business, environmental and 
statutory responsibilities. The Audit Risk and 
Compliance Committee reports the results 
of its reviews of risk management 
and compliance to the Board.

Our people

I acknowledge the signifi cant contribution 
of all our people and thank our Managing 
Director, Mark Chellew, for his dedicated and 
strong leadership.  I also acknowledge the 
important contributions of my fellow Board 
members. Finally, and importantly, I thank our 
customers and all our shareholders for their 
continuing loyalty and support.

Christopher Harris

Performance 

I am pleased to report that the Company 
posted its tenth consecutive record profi t in 
2010 with earnings after tax of $151.5 million, 
an increase of 23.1% over the previous year. 
Earnings per share were 23.9 cents – an 
increase of 17.2%. The generation of strong 
free cash fl ow reduced year end net debt to 
$148.4 million, and gearing to 15.9%.

Over the past fi ve years, Adelaide Brighton has 
delivered a compound total shareholder return 
of 14.7% per annum and average annual 
growth in dividends paid to shareholders over 
the same fi ve years of 23%.

Total fully franked dividends paid for the year 
amounted to 21.5 cents per share, comprising 
16.5 cents ordinary dividends (interim 7.5 
cents per share and fi nal 9.0 cents per share) 
and 5.0 cents special dividends (interim 
2.5 cents per share and fi nal 2.5 cents per 
share). The Board decided to declare the 
special dividends after taking into account the 
Company’s strong cash fl ows, future capital 
expenditure plans, the availability of franking 
credits and low gearing levels.  

Strategy

Adelaide Brighton remains committed to its 
successful long term objective of growing 
shareholder returns. The Group continues 
to focus on key strategies - expanding the 
business by vertical integration, operational 
improvement programs and development of 
the lime business. 

2

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Mark Chellew

2010 performance

Demand for construction materials in Australia recovered in 2010 
following a cyclical downturn in 2009. Demand in Adelaide Brighton’s 
major markets recovered particularly strongly - driven mainly by 
infrastructure projects in South Australia and resources activity in 
Western Australia. This helped Adelaide Brighton achieve record 
sales and profi t for the year ended 31 December 2010. 

Earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) increased 16.7% to $216.2 
million, due to increased selling prices, the effective management of costs 
and improved import margins supported by the strong Australian dollar. 
Cost management programs delivered benefi ts of $10 million and helped 
offset the $10 million increase in our energy costs for the year. Overall, 
the Company’s EBIT margin increased to 20.2% (18.8% in 2009).

Net interest reduced by 16.2% to $14.0 million on lower levels of debt, 
offset partially by increased interest rates. Profi t before tax increased 
19.9% to $202.2 million. After tax profi t totalled $151.5 million an 
increase of 23.1%. 

Adelaide Brighton’s sales volumes outperformed the national cement 
market, which was up about 4%. This is primarily because the Company 
has signifi cant business in the higher growth states of South Australia, 
Western Australia and Victoria.

Cement margins improved as price increases and the benefi ts from cost 
management helped offset input cost pressures, particularly in energy. 
The clinker kilns again ran at capacity in 2010. Our successful import 
strategy saw sales volumes in excess of domestic production being 
met through imports of both clinker and cement. The higher Australian 
dollar improved import margins by about $13 million. 

Lime sales volumes increased due to strong demand from the Western 
Australian non-alumina sector. Lime margins improved as price increases 
and effi ciency improvements more than covered input cost increases. 
Continued growth in demand sustained full capacity production at the 
major lime plants. In Western Australia, the threat of small-scale lime 
imports remains, however we are cautiously confi dent that we can 
maintain our competitive position because of our cost structure.

Strategy

Adelaide Brighton continues to grow shareholder returns through 
its successful long term strategy of focused vertical integration, 
operational improvement and development of the lime business.

The Board has approved $60 million of expenditure for the expansion 
of cement milling at Birkenhead, in South Australia. This project will 
bring operational improvements and add 750,000 tonnes per annum 
to the plant’s capacity, reducing the Company’s reliance on imported 
cement. The project budget includes expenditure for upgrading the 
ship loading facilities at Birkenhead and this will bring environmental 
benefi ts through improved dust collection.

Adelaide Brighton 
reported a record 
net profi t after tax 
of $151.5 million, as 
demand recovered in 
key markets and price 
increases and cost 
management programs 
improved margins.

c/share

Earnings per share

25

20

15

10

5

0

$m

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

06

07

08

09

10

Revenue and earnings

$m

1000

800

600

400

200

0

06

07

08

09

10

Net profi t after tax
Revenue

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD ANNUAL REPORT 2010

3

  
A contract to supply cement to a major customer in South Australia 
and Western Australia has been agreed in principle. For the South 
Australian component, supply has been secured for two years, from 
1 January 2011, with a further one-year option exercisable by the 
customer. The Western Australian part of the contract is for one 
year, with a one year extension option exercisable by the customer. 

Contract renegotiations with Independent Cement and Lime Pty 
Ltd (ICL) have been agreed in principle subject to ICL unit-holder 
approval. We are cautiously confi dent that the agreements which 
expire at the end of 2011 will be renewed on not materially 
different terms.

The Board has approved expenditure of $34 million for two 
projects at the Munster kiln 6 in Western Australia. This will 
increase lime production capacity by 100,000 tonnes per 
annum and will bring environmental benefi ts. 

In December 2010, Adelaide Brighton executed a Heads of 
Agreement with a major alumina producer for the continued 
supply of their lime requirements in Western Australia, subject to 
fi nalisation of formal agreement and any appropriate approvals. 
Once fi nalised, the new agreement will replace the current 
agreement which expires on 30 June 2011. The Heads of 
Agreement covers supply for periods ranging between fi ve 
and ten years and will be effective from 1 July 2011.

Our strategy of focused vertical integration continues. 
During 2010, the Company acquired the Masta-Mix Concrete 
operations at Lithgow, in New South Wales. Masta-Mix will 
buy aggregates internally thereby providing security for our 
expanding Austen Quarry operations, west of Sydney. 

In January 2011, Adelaide Brighton acquired the concrete 
and aggregate business KMM based in the Kingaroy region of 
Queensland. This business is well positioned to benefi t from 
infrastructure and mining projects in the region. The South 
Coast Equipment concrete business, based in the Wollongong 
region of New South Wales, was acquired in March 2011. 

Adelaide Brighton continues to evaluate acquisition 
opportunities to advance its strategy of selected downstream 
vertical integration. Growing our aggregates business will 
continue to be a key element of this strategy. 

Our people

The enthusiasm, fl exibility and skills of our employees have been 
an essential part of the success of the Company. I would like to 
recognise the contribution made by our employees in delivering 
the 2010 result and the continued improvement in our safety record. 
The dedication and application of our workforce as a whole, are 
defi ning factors in the performance and growth of the Company.  

Outlook

Adelaide Brighton anticipates Australian national demand 
for cement in 2011 to be similar to 2010 levels. 

Demand remains robust in South Australia due to infrastructure 
projects and in Western Australia as a result of mining projects. 
Due to the expected timing of projects, volumes are likely to be 
higher in the second half of 2011 than the fi rst half. We expect to 
lose some market share in Western Australia due to the loss of 
a 200kt cement contract and to incur an additional $5 million 
of major maintenance costs, mainly in the fi rst half of 2011.

The company is assessing the short term impact of the recent 
earthquake and tsunami in Japan on our clinker supply chain. 
At this stage we do not expect a material impact on 2011 earnings.

In 2011, lime sales volumes are expected to be approximately 
the same as 2010 levels. The threat of small scale lime imports 
in Western Australia remains. 

Weakness in the concrete masonry market is expected to 
continue in 2011 due to diffi cult conditions in the commercial 
and the multi-residential segments.

Adelaide Brighton has long had a rigorous focus on cost 
management across the Group, with particular emphasis on 
energy effi ciency. The Company will continue to focus on 
operating costs to maintain margins.  

The strength of the Australian dollar is expected to have a 
positive impact on margins of imported products. The strength 
of the dollar does, however, create a risk of greater import 
competition in cement and lime. At present we expect earnings 
in 2011 to be similar to the record results achieved in 2010.

4

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD ANNUAL REPORT 2010

s
t
l

u
s
e
r

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

Comparison of growth ABC share price plus dividends to the ASX Small Ords Accumulation Index and ASX200 Accumulation index

1100%

1000%

900%

800%

700%

600%

500%

400%

300%

200%

100%

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

10

ABC share price plus dividends                       Small Ords Accum                     ASX200 Accum

Sales and profi ts

Adelaide Brighton reported a record net profi t 
after tax of $151.5 million, an increase of 
23.1% on 2009. Revenue increased 8.7% to 
$1,072.9 million, primarily due to stronger 
demand for cement from projects in South 
Australia and Western Australia. 

Return on funds employed increased 
to 20.0%, up from 17.3% in 2009. Since 
2000, Adelaide Brighton has delivered an 
average annual total shareholder return 
of 27.4% per annum.

Cash fl ow

EBIT margin

EBIT margin increased to 20.2% (18.8% in 
2009), due to increased volumes, improved 
pricing, benefi ts from cost management 
initiatives and improved import margins 
supported by the strong Australian dollar. 
Cost management programs delivered 
benefi ts of $10 million and this helped offset 
rising energy prices, which were $10 million 
higher than in 2009. In the second half of 
the year, EBIT of $3 million was realised 
from the sale of land and the sale also 
had a positive tax benefi t.

Shareholder returns

A 2010 fully franked fi nal dividend of 
9.0 cents per share was declared, along with 
a special dividend of 2.5 cents, fully franked. 
In August 2010, an interim ordinary dividend 
of 7.5 cents and an interim special dividend 
of 2.5 cents (fully franked) were declared. 

The total 2010 full year distribution was 
therefore 21.5 cents, an increase of 59.3% 
over the previous year. The dividend payout 
ratio, including the special dividends of 
90.1%, took into account strong cash fl ows, 
growth capital plans, the availability of 
franking credits and low gearing of 15.9% 
(as at 31 December 2010).

Operating cash fl ows increased to 
$188.5 million, facilitated by strong trading 
and continued working capital management. 
Trade receivables decreased $1.8 million to 
$144.2 million, and debtor days decreased 
2.6 days to 45 days. Inventory levels 
increased $10.0 million to $117.8 million, 
due to the timing of shipments. In total, 
the level of working capital was consistent 
with the previous year and, given the 8.7% 
increase in sales, resulted in a reduction in 
the working capital to sales ratio. 

Capital expenditure totalled $51.7 million 
for the year and this is in line with ‘stay 
in business’ levels. 

Borrowings

Due to strong free cash fl ows, net debt 
decreased $27.0 million to $148.4 million. 
As at 31 December 2010, gearing of 15.9% 
was down from 19.6% at the same time in 
2009. 

Adelaide Brighton’s credit facilities with three 
major Australian banks total $360 million. 
They are comprised of $210 million maturing 
on 30 June 2011, $80 million maturing on 
1 July 2012, and $70 million maturing on 
31 January 2014. The Company is in 
advanced discussions with its lead bankers 
with regard to the rollover of those facilities 
maturing in June 2011. 

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD ANNUAL REPORT 2010

A strong cash fl ow and balance sheet 
position provides capacity for the Company 
to fund future acquisitions and planned 
organic growth opportunities. 

Interest and taxation
2010 net fi nance costs of $14.0 million were 
$2.7 million lower than in 2009, due mainly 
to lower levels of debt partially offset by 
higher interest rates. Interest cover increased 
to 15.4 times, compared with 11.1 times in 
2009. 

Tax expense increased $5.4 million to 
$50.8 million, due to increased profi ts. 
However, the effective tax rate decreased 
from 26.9% in 2009 to $25.1%, primarily 
because of a one-off tax benefi t resulting 
from the sale of land. This sale resulted 
in a $4 million tax benefi t for the year. 

Michael Kelly

Chief Financial Offi cer

$m

Total assets

1400

1300

1200

1100

1000

06

07

08

09

10

5

 
 
Adelaide Brighton’s 
consistent strategy of 
focused and relevant vertical 
integration, development of 
the lime business and cost 
reduction and operational 
improvement provides a 
solid platform for future 
development and has 
supported the Company’s 
sustained performance 
achievement in 2010.

Tonnes ‘000

Australian cement production

10,000

9,500

9,000

8,500

8,000

7,500

7,000

6,500

6,000

96

97

98

99

00

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

10

Tom Douglas

Executive General Manager

Marketing and Sales

Sales by geographical 

segmentation
     Western Australia

     Victoria

     New South Wales

     Queensland

     South Australia

     Northern Territory

     Tasmania

Turnover segmentation
     Cement

     Lime

     Concrete and aggregates

     Concrete products

6

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Cement volumes and profi tability improved due to strong 
demand in South Australia, Western Australia and Victoria.

The Cement and Lime Division continues to be the 
main earnings driver for Adelaide Brighton. Margins 
improved due to increased volumes, improved 
pricing, the benefi ts of cost management programs 
and improved import margins. Clinker and cement 
sales are supported by the Sunstate Cement joint 
venture in Queensland and Independent Cement 
and Lime in Victoria.

The Division plans to increase the cement milling 
capacity at Birkenhead, in South Australia, by 
750,000 tonnes. This $60 million project will 
improve operating effi ciency and reduce the Group’s 
reliance on imported cement. It will also include 
an upgrade of the ship loading facilities. Improved 
dust collection will bring environmental benefi ts.

Martin Brydon

Executive General Manager

Cement and Lime

Tonnes 

‘000

Adelaide Brighton cement ground
(including imported clinker)

3,000

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

06

07

08

09

10

In 2010, the Division continued to focus on cost 
management initiatives and this helped offset the 
impact of increased energy prices. Energy costs 
were actively managed through electricity demand 
management, the use of alternative fuels and, from 
September 2010, through direct participation in 
the gas Short Term Trading Market.

The timing and cost of shutdown maintenance 
was in line with 2009. However, non-shutdown 
maintenance was $5m higher, particularly in 
the second half of the year.

Sales of cement were up signifi cantly as a result of 
increased demand from infrastructure and mining 
projects in South Australia, the resources industry in 
Western Australia and the continued strength 
of construction activity in Victoria.

Clinker plants continued to operate at full capacity. 
Increased market demand was addressed through 
imports of clinker and cement and once again 
proved the success of the Company’s import 
strategy. Import margins improved, assisted
 by the stronger Australian dollar. 

Lime volumes increased due to strong demand 
from the Western Australian non-alumina sector. 
Margins improved as price increases and effi ciency 
improvements more than covered input cost 
increases. Continued growth in lime demand 
sustained production at full capacity in the key 
operations of Munster (Western Australia), Angaston 
(South Australia) and Mataranka (Northern Territory). 
The smaller Dongara (Western Australia) plant 
provides fl exibility to supply peak market 
demand as required.

During 2011 and 2012, $34 million will be 
invested in two projects at the Munster (Western 
Australia) kiln 6. The result will be environmental 
benefi ts and an increase of 100,000 tonnes per 
annum in lime production capacity. The planned 
expenditure includes $24 million to replace the 
electrostatic precipator with a heat exchanger 
and bag fi lter, and $10 million for a new 
cooler bag house.

7

The Concrete and Aggregates 
Division, under the Hy-Tec 
brand, delivered an improvement 
in earnings. This was achieved 
through cost management, 
effi ciency improvements, 
improved pricing and growth 
in the quarry operations.

Mark Finney

Executive General Manager

Concrete and Aggregates

Demand for concrete on the east coast of Australia was 2% higher in 2010 than 2009. Stronger volumes in 
New South Wales and Victoria offset weaker demand in South East Queensland. Concrete margins increased due to 
improved volumes, increased prices and the control of production costs. Cost management initiatives saw continued 
progress in the use of alternative raw materials, the management of mix designs and in mixer truck utilisation.

During the year, Adelaide Brighton acquired the Masta-Mix Concrete operations at Lithgow, west of Sydney. 
Masta-Mix will buy aggregates internally and this will provide security for Hy-Tec’s expanding Austen Quarry 
operations, in the Blue Mountains west of Sydney. In January 2011, Adelaide Brighton acquired the concrete and 
aggregate business KMM, based in the Kingaroy region of Queensland. This business is well positioned to benefi t 
from infrastructure and mining projects in the region. The South Coast Equipment concrete business, based 
in the Wollongong region of New South Wales, was acquired in March 2011. 

Profi tability of the aggregates operations improved due to increased volumes, improvement in the prices of quarry 
products and increased plant throughput. The Austen and Hurd quarries increased sales of road base materials, 
which complemented sales of aggregates and manufactured sand to the internal concrete operations. 
The result was improved production balance.

The 2010 results included the fi rst full 12 months of operation of the Tinda Park (New South Wales) sand operation, 
acquired in December 2009. The operation exceeded forecast volumes and profi tability. The Division continues 
to evaluate future raw material reserves. Management of accounts receivable, saw a reduction in debtors days 
outstanding and helped Hy-Tec avoid any major account failures during the year.

‘000 m3

Australian concrete production by State

‘000 m3

Australian concrete production

9,000

8,000

7,000

6,000

5,000

4,000

3,000

2,000

1,000

0

28,000

26,000

24,000

22,000

20,000

18,000

16,000

14,000

12,000

10,000

Qld
NSW
Vic

WA

SA

ACT
Tas
NT

96

97

98

99

00

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

10

96

97

98

99

00

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

10

8

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Steve Rogers

Executive General Manager

Concrete Products

The continuing adoption of common 
business systems throughout the 
Division improved the quality of 
information, capabilities across 
all business functions and data 
processing effi ciency. This, together 
with the rationalisation of the 
product range, sees the Division well 
placed to take advantage of market 
recovery.

Concrete Products Division 
profi tability declined due to 
diffi cult market conditions.

The Concrete Products Division, 
under the Adbri Masonry brand 
which supplies blocks and bricks, 
pavers and retaining wall systems, 
has consolidated its number one 
market share position in Australia. 
The Division operates in fi ve key 
markets - Queensland, New South 
Wales, Victoria, South Australia 
and Tasmania. 

2010 saw a continuation of 
demanding market conditions of 
the previous year. The east coast 
masonry market was down again, 
although this was partly due to 
signifi cant weather events in 
the last quarter. 

Pricing increases and Operational 
Improvement Programs offset cost 
increases in an extremely competitive 
market. Queensland and New South 
Wales continued to offer soft market 
conditions and there is no sign of 
real improvement in the near future, 
particularly in Queensland. The 
end of the Federal Government’s 
‘Building the Education Revolution’ 
economic stimulus plan is expected 
to put further pressure on volumes 
during 2011. 

Signifi cant progress was made on 
the optimisation of product mix, with 
an increasing lightweight offer being 
put to the market. This product is 
expected to reach its full potential 
in 2011. 

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD ANNUAL REPORT 2010

9

Joint Venture operations provide an important contribution 
to Adelaide Brighton’s earnings and cash fl ows.

Sunstate Cement

Mawson Group 

Burrell Mining Services

Burrell Mining Services is an 
unincorporated joint venture 
between Adelaide Brighton and 
Burrell Mining Products. With 
operations in New South Wales 
and Queensland, Burrell Mining 
Services manufactures a range 
of concrete products exclusively 
for the coal mining industry.  

Burrell Mining Services reported 
improved earnings in 2010 as a 
result of strong demand from the 
coal mining sector in New South 
Wales and Queensland.  

Mawson Group (Mawsons) is a joint 
venture between Adelaide Brighton 
and BA Mawson Pty Ltd.  Mawsons 
is the largest premixed concrete and 
quarry operator in northern regional 
Victoria. Mawsons also operate in 
southern regional New South Wales 
and holds leading market positions 
in markets served.

The Mawsons concrete and 
aggregates joint venture in northern 
Victoria and southern regional 
New South Wales again had a 
strong year with on-going demand 
from the mining sector and water 
infrastructure projects.

Batesford Quarry

Batesford Quarry is an 
unincorporated joint venture 
between Adelaide Brighton, 
E&P Partners and Geelong Lime 
Pty Ltd. Batesford Quarry, situated 
at Fyansford Quarry near Geelong 
in Victoria, undertakes quarrying 
and manufacturing, marketing and 
distribution of various limestone 
and quarry products.  

Batesford Quarry performed in 
line with expectations supplying 
customer demand for mining lime 
and cement mineral additions.   

Sunstate Cement Limited, a joint 
venture between Adelaide Brighton 
and Boral Cement, is a cement 
milling, storage and distribution 
facility at Fisherman Islands, Port 
Brisbane.  Sunstate Cement is 
supplied with seaborne supply of 
clinker from the Adelaide Brighton 
Birkenhead plant and imports 
from Asia. Sunstate Cement is a 
leading supplier to Queensland’s 
construction industry.

Sunstate Cement reported increased 
earnings despite weakness in the 
South East Queensland market in 
2010 with lower volumes for the 
year offset by a decrease in clinker 
transfer (input) prices. Pricing 
pressures remain evident in south 
east Queensland due to the impact 
of a new market entrant. 

Independent Cement 
and Lime Pty Ltd (ICL)

Independent Cement and Lime Pty 
Ltd (ICL), a joint venture between 
Adelaide Brighton and Barro Group 
Pty Ltd, is a specialist supplier of 
cement, cement blended products, 
and agricultural lime to a wide variety 
of industries, major retail outlets, 
and agricultural markets throughout 
Victoria and New South Wales. 

Independent Cement and Lime 
reported improved earnings driven 
by an increase in demand from 
major projects. Margins improved 
as a result of increased pricing 
and cost control.

10

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD ANNUAL REPORT 2010

A

Adelaide Brighton Cement
Cement, drymix, fl y ash

Adbri Masonry
Concrete products

Adelaide Brighton Cement
Cement, lime

Adelaide Brighton Cement
Gypsum

Independent Cement and Lime 
(50% owned)

Cement, lime, drymix, slag

Adbri Masonry
Concrete products

Hy-Tec Vic
Premixed concrete

Batesford Quarry
Limestone, sand

Mawsons (50% owned) 
Premixed concrete, aggregates

Austen Quarry
Aggregates

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

Morgan Cement / Vales Pt
Cement, fl y ash

Adbri Masonry
Concrete products

Hy-Tec NSW
Premixed concrete

Independent Cement and Lime
(50% owned) 

Cement, lime, drymix, fl y ash

Hurd Haulage
Aggregates, sands, 

Premixed concrete

Adbri Masonry
Concrete products

Sunstate Cement
(50% owned)

Cement, drymix

Hy-Tec Qld
Premixed concrete

Adbri Masonry
Concrete products

P

Q

R

S

T

U

V

Adbri Masonry
Concrete products

Mataranka Lime
Lime

Northern Cement
Cement

Exmouth
Limestone

Dongara Lime
Lime

Cockburn Cement
Lime, cement, drymix

Rawlinna Quarry
Limestone

W

Adbri Masonry
Concrete products

X

Y

Z

Hy-Tec NSW
Sand

Burrell Mining Services
Concrete products

Hy-Tec Qld
Aggregates, sand

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD ANNUAL REPORT 2010

11

Adelaide Brighton is a leading producer of 
Adelaide Brighton is a leading producer of 
sustainable construction materials and lime and 
sustainable construction materials and lime and 
is committed to reducing the dependence of its 
is committed to reducing the dependence of its 
operations on natural resources, manufacturing 
operations on natural resources, manufacturing 
safely and responsibly, and fi nding viable ways 
to tailor products to meet its customers’ needs.
to tailor products to meet its customers’ needs.

For fi ve years Adelaide Brighton has had in place a 
sustainability framework based on the World Business 
Council for Sustainable Development’s Cement Sustainability 
Initiative (WBCSD CSI). The framework outlines the 
strategies, actions and measures the Company is applying 
to reduce energy consumption and emissions, conserve 
resources, achieve cleaner production, produce increasingly 
sustainable products, engage with the community on 
environmental issues and, importantly, ensure the health 
     and safety of its own people and the wider community. 
            All parts of the business adhere to this framework 
                          and report against it. Having it in place 
                                 is essential to the Company
                                 maintaining its position of industry 
                                 leadership in sustainable 
                                 business practices.

12

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Recycling industry materials
Iron blast furnace slag
Alumina smelting pots
Power generation coal ashes
Petroleum refi ning catalyst
Cast metal sand
Steel rolling mill scale
Lead and zinc refi ning slags
Metal processing residue
Wine bottling wash water
Used lubricants greases and oil 
Construction and demolition waste
Chemical Industries (e.g. solvents, 
   and residues)

L I M E

Uses
Iron and steel production
Aluminium refi ning
Drinking water treatment 
   and air fi ltration
Soda ash for glass making
Soil conditioning (agriculture)
Construction materials
Stabilising landfi ll
Paper production
Mine water neutralisation

The interaction of cement, 
concrete and lime operations 
with other industries, the 
environment and the community

Alternative resources
Clinker substitution
Alternative fuels
Water recycling on site/
   alternative supply
Raw materials 

Traditional inputs
Fuel (natural gas and coal)
Water
Raw materials (limestone, 
   clay, ironstone, gypsum)
Power

C E M E N T   A N D   L I M E   P R O D U C T I O N

T
N
E
M
E
C

Emmissions
GHG Emissions
Noise and dust
Stack emissions
Kiln dust

Traditional inputs
Fuel (diesel, natural gas)
Water and cement
Materials (sand, aggregates)
Power

Alternative resources
Cement substitution
Water recycling on site/alternative supply
Aggregate substitution 

C O N C R E T E   P R O D U C T S   A N D   P R E M I X

Recycling industry 
materials
Glass waste
Power generation coal ashes
Concrete waste
Iron blast furnace slag
Waste water
Quarry screenings
Mining fi nes

Uses
Concrete products 
   (paving, blocks, walls)
Premixed concrete for
   infrastructure
Commercial and 
   residential buildings
Road construction
Soil stabilisation
Mine backfi ll

Emmissions
GHG Emissions
Noise and dust
Waste water and concrete

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD ANNUAL REPORT 2010

13

 
 
 
 
Cement and Lime manufacturing

Energy, water and raw materials - the key elements used to produce cement 
and lime - need to be conserved. Adelaide Brighton respects the need for 
sustainability - and it respects the communities in which it operates. The Company 
is seeking cleaner, greener ways to conduct its business and manufacture its 
products. All plants are required to conform with state and federal environmental 
legislation, and each site is individually licensed. Larger sites have established 
local community liaison groups and meet regularly on issues of performance, 
progress on environmental improvement plans, and licence conditions.

Energy
The operations in the Cement and Lime Division collectively use more than 98% 
of all energy consumed by the Company. Choosing the right technologies, energy 
sources and efficient operational procedures is vital to ensuring that our products 
remain competitive.

Technology
Adelaide Brighton continually strives to produce cement and lime in the most 
efficient and sustainable ways. In the production of high volume products, for 
example, it employs world-class technology that reuses heat created in the 
process. Technology and equipment in all plants is regularly assessed and updated 
to maintain high levels of efficiency. New plant replaces old, external research 
is used to find new technical practices, and our skilled people are continually 
identifying ways to improve operations. Each cement and lime site has an energy 
efficiency program. Angaston, Birkenhead, Munster and Dongara are required to 
participate in the Federal Government’s Energy Efficiency Opportunities program, 
which requires energy intensive sites to identify, evaluate and report publicly on cost 
effective energy savings opportunities. Over a five-year period, across these four 
sites, Adelaide Brighton estimates it will reduce energy consumption by about 5%.

Cement manufacturing performance

Kiln fuel efficiency

Alternative fuels substitution

Clinker/cement ratio

Greenhouse gas efficiency (GHG)

Electricity efficiency

WBCSD1
Baseline

Adelaide Brighton
Cement data

GJ/t

%

%

t GHG/t cement

kWh/t cement

4.2

3

79

0.800

111

5.4

7

77

0.787

115

1 Measures, technologies and programs have been referenced from Cement Technology Road Map 2009, WBCSD and IEA

Best practice technology and programs

WBCSD1 technology and programs

Use of preheater/calciner kiln technology

Using alternative fuels program

Using alternative raw materials program

% kiln product

% kiln product

% kiln product

Clinker substitution program using supplementary cementitious materials (SCM)

% substitution rate

Clinker substitution program using mineral addition (MAC)

% substitution rate

1 Measures, technologies and programs have been referenced from Cement Technology Road Map 2009, WBCSD and IEA

2 Calculated for high volume (GP) clinkers

% Adelaide Brighton 
production (cement)

% Adelaide Brighton 
production (lime)

72%2

72%

100%

21%2

4%

86%

15%

0%

n/a

n/a

14

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Management systems 
Strict procedures at each site ensure staff maintain and operate plant to manufacturers’ specifi cations and in optimum production conditions. 
Sophisticated programming and monitoring ensures that faults are quickly diagnosed and maintenance is thorough. Similarly, across the 
Company plants are controlled by skilled operators who use computers to monitor each part of the process. Consistent operations give us 
good environmental performance and quality products. Angaston has trialled “dash board control’s”, which gives real-time measures 
of process effi ciency. This technology will be rolled out across the Cement and Lime Division. 

%

Alternative fuels

100

80

60

40

20

0

08

09

10

Construction and 
demolition waste
Carbon power
Waste oil

Alternative fuels
In cement and lime manufacturing, kiln fuel accounts for 91% of the total energy used and is the source of 35% of greenhouse gas emissions. 
In its Cement Sustainability Initiative, the World Business Council for Sustainable Development (WBCSD - CSI) identifi es as best practice sourcing 
kiln fuels from waste and by-product materials, rather than fossil fuels. Adelaide Brighton has had alternative fuels programs in place at all cement 
and lime manufacturing sites since 2003 and through them currently substitutes more than 6% of their collective fuel needs. From a wider community 
perspective, the use of waste and by-product materials improves the viability of waste recovery streams and helps to use thousands of tonnes of 
substances that would otherwise go to landfi ll, or simply be disposed. 

The implementation of these new practices has required a signifi cant change in approach, not only by the Company, but also by regulators and 
local communities. Suitable alternative fuels are fi rst carefully selected for quality, quantity, cost and consistency of supply. A testing program is 
implemented at each site to prove environmental emissions calculations. Assessment reports from each trial are reviewed by state authorities and 
the results are discussed with the community before any new fuel is approved for regular use. The refi nement of fuels and processes is ongoing, 
to maximise energy effi ciency.  

                                                                         The current programs focus on three particular fuels:
                                                                      > Waste oil used at Angaston, Dongara and Mataranka 
                                                                         conserves natural gas and provides a recycling opportunity 
                                                                         in each region. Munster is investigating the use of waste oil.  
                                                                     > The use of biomass fuel sourced from construction and 
                                                                        demolition waste began at Birkenhead in 2003. It is a 
                                                                         substitute for 14% of the natural gas used to heat the plant.   
                                                                     > Birkenhead also uses carbon powder from treated and 
                                                                        fi ne-crushed spent aluminium smelting pots.

Alternative raw materials
Cement and lime production also requires large amounts of natural raw materials. The Cement and Lime Division’s alternative raw materials 
program uses waste and by-products recycled from other industries, reducing the amount that would normally go to landfi ll, and conserving 
natural resources. The Company is continually searching and trialling materials that enhance our products and can be successfully used in 
production. Before a alternative raw material is approved for use, it is rigorously trialled and proved.

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD ANNUAL REPORT 2010

15

%

Alternative raw materials

100

80

60

40

20

0

08

09

10

Mill scale
Alox
Foundary sand
Spent catalyst

>

>

>

>

>

In 2010, the Cement and Lime Division consumed 34,000 tonnes of alternative raw materials, including: 
Air-cooled blast furnace slag was fi rst trialled in Angaston’s clinker production in 2007 and substituted 
4,000 tonnes of greenhouse gas emissions that year. However, at the time the program was not viable. 
Trials are under way again at Birkenhead and it is hoped a viable process can be implemented at both plants. 
Angaston trialled the use of foundry sand as an alternative to soapstone, a natural resource, in the cement 
manufacturing process. The trial was successful and extended to Birkenhead. In 2010 the sites collectively 
used 9,000 tonnes of foundry sand and the quantity is expected to increase as the process is refi ned.
Alox, a by-product from aluminium recycling, successfully substituted for clay at Birkenhead and 
plans are being drafted for a permanent alox handling facility at the plant.
Black sand, a by-product of metal smelting, and mill scale from steel rolling, being used as a substitute 
for iron ore in kiln feed at Birkenhead. 
Munster use of kaolin from coal mining and spent catalysts from petroleum refi ning as an alternative 
to shale with alumina and iron contributions.

‘000

Clinker substitution

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

08

09

10

Binders
Supplementary cementitious materials
Mineral additions

Clinker substitution in cement
Clinker is the most energy and greenhouse gas-intensive component of cement, comprising  95% of the 
composition of high volume traditional Ordinary Portland Cement (OPC). OPC is the most common used 
around the world. Reducing the clinker/cement ratio in cementitious products is recognised by the WBCSD - 
CSI as a key sustainability opportunity and has become a key performance indicator for the industry.

>
>
>

Changing the ratio has been achieved through:
The introduction of blended cements with higher levels of supplementary cementitious materials (SCM).
The design of cementitious binders for non-structural applications.
A change in the Australian Standard for cements, in 2010, that permits a higher and wider range 
of mineral additions to displace clinker content.

16

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD ANNUAL REPORT 2010

  
  
Water
The manufacture of cement and lime 
uses water both directly in the process, 
and indirectly for dust suppression and 
truck washing. Activities to reduce water 
consumption are registered with state 
authorities’ water effi ciency programs 
and recorded in site environmental 
improvement plans.

Adelaide Brighton’s investment in dry 
process technologies has reduced water 
demand by 450 litres per tonne of product.  

Additional water effi ciency initiatives 
adopted across the Division include:
The planting of indigenous gardens.
Harvesting and storing water for low 
grade uses such as dust suppression.
Monitoring water consumption in real 
time to fi nd opportunities for effi ciency. 
Educating the workforce about 
water conservation.

>
>

>

>

Alternative water sources are also sought. 
Since 2006, Angaston has been using waste 
wash-water from a neighbouring bottling 
company. This practice provides a solution 
for the waste - and saved 35,000 ML of 
mains water in 2010. This project earned 
the Company a place in the fi nals of the 
prestigious National Banksia environmental 
awards in 2007.  

Air quality, noise 
and emissions
Greenhouse gas and stack emissions from 
cement and lime production are monitored 
through compliance with government 
environmental licences and reported to 
the National Pollutant Inventory (NPi) and 
National Greenhouse & Energy Reporting 
(NGER). Kwinana, Dongara, Munster, 
Birkenhead, Angaston, Mataranka, Klein 
Point and Blanchetown quarries all report 
annually to the NPi, and every Adelaide 
Brighton site reports to NGER.  

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD ANNUAL REPORT 2010

During 2010, a site visit to Dongara by 
the Western Australian Department for 
Environment and Conservation resulted 
in no major issues of NPi reporting.

The Company’s greenhouse gas and 
energy data collection process was 
reviewed to ‘reasonable assurance‘ level by 
PricewaterhouseCoopers, and submitted to 
government for approval and listing on the 
Emissions-Intensive Trade-Exposed Industry 
Register. This data forms the basis of our 
NGER mandatory reporting.  

Minimising dust, noise and emissions is 
a universal goal in all site Environment 
Improvement Plans and these items are on the 
agenda at community consultation meetings:

To combat noise and dust issues outside 
its site boundaries, Adelaide Brighton 
takes four key actions:
Levels are measured regularly.
Barriers minimise the effects at the source. 
Site activities are managed to minimise 
the impact.
Selecting equipment with performance 
specifi cations.

>
>
>

>

Dust emissions from kiln stacks are 
continuously monitored to optimise the fi ltering 
and combustion process to comply with 
environmental licence conditions. Stack testing 
contractors routinely expertly test emissions. 
When there is a process change the effect at 
ground level is modelled and checked against 
acceptable regulated environmental standards.

Over the past 5 years, Angaston has reduced 
stack emissions by 90% by striving for steady 
kiln operations (a reduction in stops and 
restarts). Munster’s continuous improvement 
plan for kiln 6 includes the installation of a 
baghouse fi lter. 

Munster’s 5 kiln operation is using an extensive 
environmental emissions analysis tool along 
with a real time monitoring system. This helps 
to identify and assess factors related to raised 
levels of stack emissions.

Greenhouse gases
More than 99% of on-site greenhouse gas 
(GHG) emissions are released from cement 
and lime production through the kiln stack. 
These emissions are from process materials 
that emit CO2 as they are heated in the kiln, 
and from the fuels used to heat the kiln. 
Changing the concentration of GHG requires 
a change in fuels and burning technologies. 
The upgrade of kiln burners has achieved 
improvements in burning effi ciencies and 
provided the opportunity for using alternative 
fuels with lower GHG footprints. The new 
burner technology is being extended across 
the Cement and Lime Division.

Mains water
Cement and Lime

06

07

08

09

10

Process waste to landfi ll
Cement and Lime

ML

600

500

400

Tonnes

160,000

140,000

120,000

100,000

06

07

08

09

10

Total energy

Energy
Cement and Lime

19,000

18,800

18,600

18,400

18,200

18,000

17,800

06

07

08

09

10

Total energy (TJ)
Lime production (GJ/t)
Clinker production (GJ/t)
Cementitious material
production (GJ/t)

GJ/t

9.0

8.0

7.0

6.0

5.0

4.0

3.0

GHGt/t product

GHG emissions*
Cement and Lime

Total GHG/kt

1.4

1.2

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

3,280

3,260

3,240

3,220

3,200

3,180

3,160

06

07

08

09

10

Total GHG emissions 
Lime GHG emissions (GHG/t)
Clinker emissions (GHG/t)
Cementitious emissions (GHG/t)
*Process, fuel and power

% substitution

Alternative resources
Cement and Lime

Total tonnes

20

16

12

8

4

0

06

07

08

09

10

Total alternative materials
% Fuel substitution
% SCM substitution

600,00

500,000

400,000

300,000

200,000

100,000

0

17

 
  
  
Cleaner production
Waste is being reduced at cement and lime 
sites through the implementation of cleaner 
production methods and fi nding alternative 
uses. Employees are encouraged to see 
the creation of waste as ineffi cient, and 
to recognise that segregation creates 
opportunities for recycling. Waste from 
plant processes is managed by:
Knowing where wastage occurs, and 
addressing the issue at the source.
Knowing what on-site waste can be 
reused in products, e.g. kiln dust. 
Seeking off-site recycling opportunities 
for waste oil and lubricants, scrap 
metal and paper.
Changing the composition of waste-
stream items to make them recyclable 
(e.g. replacing paper sacks with 
unbleached ‘kraft’ paper).
The correct disposal of suitable 
treatment materials such as batteries, 
mobile phones and fl uorescent tubes.

>

>

>

>

>

Customer focus  
Customers who handle and use Adelaide 
Brighton products need easy access to 
information about product safety and 
application. Our products should perform 
to design expectations every time. The 
Company runs product training programs, 
and produces user guides, material safety 
data and information sheets and believes 
its responsibility includes sustainable 
distribution methods and packaging.

>

The following examples show how 
our products and practices have been 
modifi ed to improve sustainability:
Packaging waste and manual handling 
issues have been addressed by: changing 
the paper and plastic content in bags; 
moving to more environmentally friendly 
paper; and limiting bag size to 20kg. Bulk 
bags have been redesigned to include 
baffl es, which give greater stability, reduce 
spillage and breakages, and enable 
the bags to be stacked safely in storage.

>

>

>

>

The number of depots has been increased 
in regional areas to allow direct consolidated 
deliveries to growth markets for wider 
distribution. 
A signifi cant portion of the Company’s 
cement and lime product is distributed by 
ship or rail from the works. 
Key distribution centres aim to offer a wide 
range of products for customer convenience.  
Monitoring and measuring customer 
satisfaction through the ‘Perfect Order’ 
management process.    
Providing a product range that meets 
customer expectations for lower greenhouse 
gas and energy footprints and high use 
of recycled materials.

Rehabilitation programs
Cement and lime manufacturing and mining sites provide a range 
of opportunities for land care projects. Adelaide Brighton’s native 
vegetation rehabilitation programs have been implemented to: 
Encourage biodiversity.
Provide green zones to screen our operations.
Improve degraded land.
Engage with the community. 

>
>
>
>

Programs at individual sites work to improve the amenity of the 
local area.

Production sites
A program called Earth Care, started at the Angaston plant, has 
restored the old quarry to its natural state. Indigenous plants 
have been reintroduced to provide habitat for birds and animals, 
stabilise the soil, control weeds and deter destructive pests 
like rabbits. Sheep graze the area during summer as part 
of a bushfi re prevention program.

18

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Schroder Park at Birkenhead was created in 1997 to complete 
the greenbelt screen separating the site from the local community. 
The use of locally propagated seed harvested from indigenous 
plants attracts fauna, provides an attractive buffer, manages 
the plant’s run-off water and engages the local community. The 
park is part of the ‘Our Patch’ and ‘Water Watch’ community 
environmental projects.

Munster has developed a wetland system to manage water run-
off from the site and reuse it in wet process kilns, reducing the 
consumption of mains and bore water. The wetlands also support 
community programs, including ‘Air Watch’ and school land care 
projects.

Extraction sites 
Topsoil and overburden from the Klein Point quarry is being used 
to re-establish farmland, for roadside greening projects, and to 
help stabilise coastal areas along Gulf St Vincent. 

For 15 years, Cockburn Sound dredging operations have been 
supporting a seagrass planting research and development project 
that has culminated in world-fi rst achievements in deep water 
‘meadow’ cultivation.

 
Premix and concrete masonry product manufacturing

Hy-Tec and Adbri Masonry have 46 sites near 
metropolitan and regional centres, servicing 
the commercial, manufacturing and residential 
construction industries with high volume premix 
concrete and a wide range of concrete pavers and 
blocks. These sites provide employment for local 
people and site management focuses on ‘good 
neighbor’ principles. The sites handle traditional 
inputs to concrete - aggregates and sand extracted 
from local quarries, water, cement, power and diesel, 
and, in the case of concrete masonry products, gas 
used by curing ovens. Concrete manufacturing at 
Hy-Tec and Adbri Masonry is the second stage in the 
production chain of construction materials. Adelaide 
Brighton’s sustainability framework is also used to 
guide this part of the Company’s business.

Alternative resources  
In the production of concrete products, alternative materials 
conserve natural resources, lower greenhouse gas and 
energy footprints and increase the use of waste materials. 
The result is more sustainable products for the market. 
The viability of alternative resources depends on the location, 
quality and quantity of supply. Both Hy-Tec and Adbri 
Masonry are sourcing and testing alternative resources.

Water substitutes
Both Hy-Tec and Adbri Masonry are reducing their 
use of mains water. Activities include: 
On-site metering to identify effi ciencies.
Installing tanks to harvest site run-off.
Recycling process water.
Finding suitable alternative sources, such 
as bore water and other industry wastewater. 

>
>
>
>

Wastewater is often used in concrete mixes. Adbri Masonry 
Stapleton has installed a system to collect the condensation 
from its block curing ovens for reuse in the process. Hy-Tec 
Queensland has a target to eliminate the use of mains water 
and has implemented Water Effi ciency Management Plans 
(WEMPs) at all sites and is rolling out automated water 
recycling systems.

Energy effi ciency
Both Hy-tec and Adbri Masonry plants have energy 
reduction programs. Successes and experiences are 
shared within their divisions to keep operations competitive.

In the production of concrete masonry, energy is used 
in stationary plant-forming and fi nishing blocks. In the 
production of premix, most energy is used in transport 
and materials handling.  

Hy-Tec is completing the roll-out of a new truck fl eet, 
replacing its standard six-wheel trucks with ten-wheelers, 
so that more concrete can be carried in each load, 
reducing the number of trips cuts fuel consumption and 
exhaust pollution. Fewer trucks on the road means less 
traffi c, and fewer mobile equipment movements on site 
reduces risk and creates a safer work environment.

Higher standards of automation at sites has reduced the 
‘dry running time’ of plant, led to the better coordination 
of operations, and cut power use in some areas by 40%. 
Mobile handling equipment, such as loaders and trucks, 
have been replaced with stationary machinery, improving 
energy effi ciency and safety.

Aggregate quarry operations use energy to power 
equipment such as crushers, and vehicles for mining 
and hauling material. Hartley Quarry has saved signifi cant 
amounts of energy through smart plant design. 
Cooperative changes to work practices have seen 
the reorganisation of energy demand, and 
reduced generator use by 40%.

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD ANNUAL REPORT 2010

19

Partnerships
The Adbri Masonry Nowra plant established 
a recovery initiative with its local shire council. 
The waste from concrete block production is 
reused as road base in the council area and 
wooden pallets are chipped for garden mulch. 
Adbri Masonry’s Queensland plants also 
partner with local sugar refineries, which use 
broken pallets for biomass fuel in their power 
plants. 

Product design
Being a sustainable industry means providing 
customers with sustainable product options.  
Hy-Tec and Adbri Masonry look further than 
improving the sustainability of the production 
process.

Adbri Masonry has used design features to 
address environmental issues. For example, 
its Permeable Paving system for roads or 
paths has interlocking pavers with openings 
that are filled with gravel to create drainage 
voids. The water can either drain naturally 
into the soil, or be caught and retained 
for a specific use. 

To meet customer demands for quality 
and safety, Hy-Tec:
Is upgrading the software used in its 
batching process to improve product 
quality and consistency.
Has produced a driver health and safety 
handbook promoting safe work practices.  

>

>

Good customer communication and the 
provision of technical support are vital to 
Hy-tec and Adbri Masonry maintaining 
competitive advantage and developing 
product ranges. 

Cement substitutes
At Hy-Tec and Adbri Masonry, the increased 
use of Supplementary Cementitious Materials 
(SCM), including granulated blast furnace 
slags, fly ash, and blended cements has 
displaced the use of OPC in concrete. OPC 
is the most greenhouse gas and energy 
intensive component of the mix. Hy-Tec 
sells Eco-crete in Victoria with a high OPC 
substitution rate to meet a clear market need.  

Conserving natural aggregates
Supplementary Aggregate Materials (SAM) 
such as manufactured sand and basalt fines 
from screening processes, reconstituted 
concrete from demolition waste, and furnace 
bottom ash from coal fired power generation, 
are becoming a significant part of concrete 
production. Trials and the development of 
mix designs are resulting in the wider 
use of these resources.  

To meet market demand, Adbri Masonry 
NSW has developed mix designs that 
incorporate higher levels of recycled materials. 
For example, its Grey Block product now 
includes 78% recycled materials.

Hy-Tec is focused on the use of manufactured 
sands and recycled aggregates, optimising 
concrete mixes that will provide more 
sustainable products.

Manufactured sand
Manufactured sand is a by-product of 
the Hartley Quarry operations. Trialing an 
additional separation process will create 
two products, each more effective for 
its specific applications.  

Emissions reductions
Noise and dust emissions are environmental 
issues for Hy-Tec and Adbri Masonry. Both 
businesses have introduced management 
standards that include dust suppressant 
agents, changes to operating procedures 
and investment in site improvements. 

>
>
>
>

Adbri Masonry: 
Uses road sweepers to control dust.
Seals roadways with seconds product.
Uses catchment water to suppress site dust.
Places low-demand products on residential 
boundaries to provide a noise barrier and 
reduce site activity in those areas.

To control dust, Hy-Tec is using more 
effective and efficient water sprays to wet 
raw materials being poured into agitator trucks. 
The installation of vacuum dust collectors 
on loading bays reduces fugitive dust and 
recycles it back to the process. Suppliers 
deliver raw materials in a damp state, and 
this reduces dust when tipping.

A dust management study has been 
implemented at Hy-Tec’s North Melbourne 
site to provide a safer and cleaner work 
environment for drivers. The findings will 
add to the business’s knowledge base 
and lead to improvements in its site 
performance standards.

Cleaner production
Reducing the amount of waste to landfill is 
an important feature of Hy-Tec’s and Adbri 
Masonry’s resource recovery initiatives. 
They aim to: reduce waste from the process; 
reuse any waste in production; and find 
partners who can use the waste, thus 
preventing it from going to landfill. Recycling 
opportunities often depend on which other 
industries operate in a given region.

Technology
In premix plants, wastewater is recovered 
on-site and reused in fresh batches of 
concrete. Returned concrete is used for 
site improvements, or concrete cubes for 
community projects. The residual sludge in 
water treatment ponds is sent off-site for 
recycling. Hy-Tec NSW is about to test a 
more effective way to recycle washwater 
sludge. It involves a concrete reclaiming 
machine that splits the waste into coarse 
grain, fine grain and slurry water, allowing 
optimum reuse of each of the fractions 
to improve cementitious and aggregate 
substitution.

20

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD ANNUAL REPORT 2010

The health and safety of our people - and those who come onto our sites - 
is of paramount importance to Adelaide Brighton. It’s also a key performance 
indicator for all Divisions. All business Divisions operate safety committees and 
there is a company-wide exchange of information and incident reporting. Using 
a risk-based approach, each Division develops a strategic plan. Performance 
against the plan is tracked, and issues are acted on and successes shared.

>
>

>

>

>

>

>
>
>

In 2010 our safety performance continued to improve with the recording 
of improvement in the lost time and severity injury rate in all Divisions. The 
focus on safety was intensifi ed with a number of specifi c initiatives including:
Refreshing the customised training in confi ned spaces and exclusion zones.
The rollout of a new standard of high visibility clothing at all production 
sites, increasing the awareness of foot traffi c in and around mobile 
equipment and vehicles. 
A remote web based contractor induction program. The web based 
program allows contractors to undertake induction for a specifi c site prior 
to attending thereby delivering effi ciencies for the Company and contractor.
A renewed management program across all divisions to assist with the 
management of return to work of injured employees.  

Encouraging diversity 
Adelaide Brighton is committed to being an inclusive workplace that 
values and promotes diversity - not only gender but also race, ethnicity, 
age, physical abilities, religious beliefs etc.

Our approach to improving diversity within the Company is based on 
the following diversity objectives:
Facilitating and promoting a culture of diversity and removing 
barriers to achieving a diverse workforce.
Reviewing and developing our recruitment and selection process 
always ensuring that decisions are based on merit alone.
Providing talent management programs and opportunities for development.
Rewarding and remunerating fairly.
Ensuring we have fl exible work practices which recognise that employees 
may have different domestic responsibilities throughout their career.

Developing a skills base
For many years, Adelaide Brighton has provided university graduates from 
within different faculties with career opportunities through the Graduate 
Program. The two year program provides participants with a broad base 
of experience at different plant operations and locations. Adelaide Brighton 
benefi ts by exposure to talented new employees and skills and 
knowledge transfer from longer serving employees.  

A summer vacation program over several months is available to engineering 
students. Participants are assigned a dedicated project, with supervision 
and are required to present a report at the conclusion of their assignment.

Enticing engineers, particularly women, into the cement industry 
continues to be challenging. Adelaide Brighton has partnered with the 
University of Wollongong to introduce a concrete technologies program 
aimed at third year engineering students. The aim is to change students’ 
perception of the industry as a career path or destination.

Employees by Division
     Cement and Lime

     Concrete Products

     Concrete and Aggregates

     Corporate

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Employees by location
     ACT

     New South Wales

     Northern Territory

     Queensland
     South Australia

     Tasmania

     Victoria

     Western Australia

Sam Toppenberg

Executive General Manager

Human Resources

Incidents

Lost time injuries

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

06

07

08

09

10

Cement and lime
Concrete and aggregates
Concrete products

Frequency

Lost time injury frquency rate

10

8

6

4

2

0

06

07

08

09

10

21

  
>

>

>

>

>

Examples of support provided during 
2010 include:
Variety the Children’s Charity - benefi ting 
sick, disabled and disadvantaged children.
Construction materials for Reed 
Charity House which provides family 
accommodation supporting patients at 
Nambour Hospital in Queensland.
Construction of a regional community 
aquatic and fi tness centre in the 
Barossa Valley in South Australia.
Research into sea grass meadow 
restoration through University of Western 
Australia, Botanic Gardens and Parks 
Authority and James Cook University.
EW Schroder Scholarship supporting a 
University of Adelaide Chemical Engineering 
post graduate student developing algae as 
a renewable fuel and greenhouse gas sink.
Partnership between Northern Cement and 
the indigenous community at Elsey Station to 
develop a skills education program in mobile 
equipment operation and quarry management.

Adelaide Brighton strives to be a responsible corporate 
Adelaide Brighton strives to be a responsible corporate 
member of the local communities in which we operate. 
member of the local communities in which we operate. 
We are committed to engaging with the community and 
We are committed to engaging with the community and 
support a broad range of organisations with donations, 
support a broad range of organisations with donations, 
public tours, community information, work experience 
public tours, community information, work experience 
public tours, community information, work experience 
programs and newsletters.
programs and newsletters.

Felicity Lloyd, Projects Engineer, 
SA/NSW Major Projects
Chemical engineering graduate (2003)

The Graduate Program was a 
kick-start for my career at Adelaide 
Brighton. It has provided a wide 
range of experience and exposure 
to more than just the engineering 
aspects of the business. 

Michael Jones, Manager, 
Alternative Fuels and Materials, 
Cement & Lime Division  
Chemical engineering graduate 
(Cadet 1980)

In my 30 year career since I started at 
Adelaide Brighton as a Graduate, I’ve 
had the opportunity to travel overseas, 
live and work in the UK and have gained 
a huge range of skills and experience. 
As a professional person, you want 
to be continually challenged - that’s 
the reason I’ve stayed.

Simon Hains, Marketing Associate, Adbri Masonry
Marketing graduate (2008)

During my time on the graduate program, I worked on some very 
interesting marketing related projects and had the opportunity 
to work with some extraordinary and leading people. I learnt 
a great deal about how each business operates, the markets 
they compete in, and how each division of Adelaide Brighton is 
inter-related. The program gave me the opportunity to travel and 
be taken out of my comfort zone, with six month stints working 
at the Birkenhead plant in Adelaide, Adbri Masonry in Stapylton, 
Queensland, and Hy-Tec in Sydney. After 18 months, I was 
fortunate to be offered a position in Adbri Masonry as a Marketing 
Associate. I’m still there - and am enjoying every moment of it.

22

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD ANNUAL REPORT 2010

 
 
The Board is committed to conducting the Company’s business ethically and in accordance with high 
standards of corporate governance. To this end, the Board (together with the Company’s management) 
regularly reviews the Company’s policies, practices and other arrangements governing and guiding the conduct 
of the Company and those acting on its behalf. This statement provides an outline of the main corporate 
governance practices that the Company had in place during the past financial year. The Board believes that 
the Company’s policies and practices are consistent in all substantial respects with corporate governance best 
practice in Australia, including the ASX Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations.

1     The Board lays solid foundations for management and oversight

1.1   Role of the Board

The role of the Board of Directors is to protect and optimise the performance of the Group 
and, accordingly, the Board takes accountability for setting strategic direction, establishing 
policy, overseeing the financial position and monitoring the business and affairs of the Group 
on behalf of shareholders. Details of the skills, experience and expertise of each Director 
and their period of office are set out on page 30 and 31 of this report.

The Board operates in accordance with the general principles set out in its charter, which is 
available from the corporate governance section of the Company’s website at www.adbri.com.au

In accordance with the provisions of the Company’s constitution, the Board has delegated a 
number of powers to Board committees (see section 2 following) and responsibility for the 
day-to-day management of the Company to the Managing Director and senior management. 
The respective roles and responsibilities of the Board and management are outlined 
further in the Board charter.

The Board has also reserved for itself the following specific responsibilities:

Marcus Clayton

General Counsel and

Company Secretary

Strategy and monitoring

Input into and final approval of 
management’s development of 
corporate strategy, including 
setting performance objectives 
and approving operating 
budgets

Monitoring corporate performance 
and implementation of strategy 
and policy

Monitoring the business and 
affairs/relations with management

Risk management, compliance  
and internal controls

Selecting, appointing and evaluating 
from time to time the performance 
of, determining the remuneration of, 
and planning for the successor of, 
the Group Managing Director

Reviewing procedures for appointment 
of senior management, monitoring 
performance and reviewing executive 
development activities.  This includes 
ratifying the appointment and the 
removal of the Chief Financial Officer 
and the Company Secretary

Approving major capital expenditure, 
acquisitions and divestitures, cessation 
of any significant business activity and 
monitoring capital management

Reviewing and guiding systems 
of risk management and internal 
control and ethical and legal 
compliance

Monitoring and reviewing 
processes aimed at ensuring 
integrity of financial and other 
reporting

Monitoring and reviewing policies 
and processes in place relating 
to occupational health and safety, 
compliance with laws, and the 
maintenance of high ethical 
standards

Formulating the Company’s policy 
in relation to, and monitoring 
implementation of, sustainable 
resource use and the impact of 
the Company’s operations on 
the environment, community 
and stakeholders.

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD ANNUAL REPORT 2010

23

Board keeps informed of 

regulatory and industry 

developments to challenge 

status quo and strengthen 

knowledge base (see 1.2.4):
> Directors expected to 

participate in ongoing education

> Board program developed having 

regard to business and industry 

developments and matters identifi ed 

during annual performance evaluations

1.2    The Board is structured 
         to add value

The Board ensures that its 

members have the time and 

commitment to devote to the role:
> Prior to appointment, Directors 

provide details of other commitments 

and acknowledge that they will have 

adequate time to meet expectations

> Directors to consult with the Chairman 

before accepting outside appointments 

> Letter of appointment sets out 

Director’s term of appointment, powers, 

expectations and rights and obligations

The Board is structured to add value 

and Board decision-making is enhanced 

through education and support:
> Broad range of skills and experience 

refl ecting the character of the Group’s business 

to best guide, review and challenge management 

> Independent Chairman leads the Board, 

facilitates constructive decision-making, and 

manages Board / management relationship

> To maintain independent oversight, roles of 

Chairman and Managing Director are 

undertaken by different individuals.

Board and Director performance 

is regularly evaluated to facilitate 

continuous improvement 

(see 1.2.3):
> Board, Committee and individual 

Director performance reviewed annually

> Directors to undergo a performance 

appraisal before standing for re-election 

> One third of the non-executive 

Directors retire (and are eligible for 

re-election) at each AGM

Board members have access to 

management and independent 

advice to assist in discharge 
of their duties:
> Access to senior executives and 

to any further information required 

to make informed decisions

> Right to seek independent 

professional advice at the Company’s 

expense to assist in effective 

discharge of duties

The Board is committed to a 

majority of independent views 

being brought to bear in 

decision-making (see 1.2.1):
> Directors expected to bring 

independent views and judgment 

to discussions 

> Four of the six Board members 

are independent

> Board has adopted Financial 

Services Council Blue Book defi nition

Confl icts are managed 

(see 1.2.2):
> Actual and perceived confl icts 

considered and managed on 

an ongoing basis

> Protocols around disclosure, 

and procedures around 

management, of potential 

confl icts have been adopted 

Comprehensive induction 

processes equip directors 

to perform in their role:
> Comprehensive induction 

process upon appointment

> Obligation on new Directors to 

familiarise themselves with Company’s 

practices through induction process 

or by making enquiries of the 

Chairman, the Company Secretary 

or management

1.2.1   Directors’ independence
In general, Directors are considered 
independent where they are free of 
any interest and any business or other 
relationship which could, or could reasonably 
be perceived, to materially interfere with the 
Director’s ability to act in the best interests of 
the Company. An assessment will be made 
on a case-by-case basis of whether the 
Director’s ability to act in the best interests of 
the Company has been materially impaired.  
In ensuring that the Board comprises 
Directors with a broad range of skills and 
experience refl ecting the character of the 
Group’s business, the Board may from 
time to time appoint Directors who are not 
considered to be independent. It is, however, 
the Board’s policy that it should comprise a 
majority of independent Directors to ensure 
that independent oversight is maintained.

In the context of his executive position 
with the Company, Mr M Chellew is not 
considered to be independent. Having regard 
to the guidelines of independence adopted, 
the Directors are of the view that Mr R D 
Barro is the only non-executive Director who 
is not considered “independent” by virtue 
of his position as the Managing Director 
and a shareholder of Barro Group Pty Ltd, 
which controls 50% of the Company’s joint 
venture, Independent Cement & Lime Pty 
Ltd (ICL), and is a signifi cant shareholder in 
the Company. ICL has an ongoing trading 
relationship with the Barro Group 
of companies.

1.2.2 Confl icts of interest
Directors are expected to avoid any action, 
position or interest which confl icts (or may 
be perceived to confl ict) with their position 

as a Director of the Company. In particular, 
the Board is cognisant of Mr Barro’s 
interest in Barro Group Pty Ltd, a signifi cant 
shareholder in the Company and 50% joint 
venture partner in ICL.
During the year, in order to avoid actual and/
or perceived confl icts of interest in Board 
decision-making, Board procedures were 
followed such that where the possibility of a 
material confl ict arose, the Board considered 
the nature and extent of the potential confl ict 
and whether it would be appropriate for 
the relevant Director to participate in Board 
discussion and decision-making in relation to 
the issue. Where there was a real potential 
for a confl ict of interest, information was not 
provided to the Director, and, in accordance 
with the Corporations Act 2001, the Director 
did not participate in, or vote at, the meeting 
where the matter was considered.

24

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD ANNUAL REPORT 2010

1.2.3 Performance evaluation
For the 2010 financial year, a performance 
evaluation was led by the Chairman to 
assess the performance of individual 
Directors, the Board as a whole, various 
aspects of the Board committees such as 
their performance, membership, roles and 
charters, and the Board’s and Directors’ 
interaction with management.
As part of this comprehensive review of 
the Board’s performance, processes and 
operations, the Chairman facilitates individual 
discussions with each Director which also 
reviews their individual performance. 
As part of the review, the Chairman of 
the Corporate Governance Committee 
reviews the Board Chairman’s performance 
individually with Directors. The Chairman 
of the Corporate Governance Committee 
discusses the outcome of this review with 
the Chairman. 
The Chairman and the Chairman of the 
Corporate Governance Committee then 
report the findings of these reviews to the 
Board. As a result of recommendations 
arising from the internal Board review, 
initiatives are introduced to ensure the 
continued effectiveness of the Board’s 
performance and enable its sustained 

focus on key issues for the Company. 
The implementation of these initiatives 
is overseen by the Chairman. 
Executives and managers are also subject 
to an annual performance review in which 
performance is measured against agreed 
business objectives. The performance of 
the Managing Director is assessed by the 
Board against objectives related to the 
Company’s strategy and business plans.
For the 2010 financial year, the performance 
of the Managing Director was reviewed 
by the Chairman, the Nomination and 
Remuneration Committee and the Board 
against the financial performance of the 
business, and the Managing Director’s 
achievement of the agreed objectives. 
The performance of the Company’s senior 
executives during 2010 was reviewed by the 
Managing Director, and by the Nomination 
and Remuneration Committee, led by 
the Managing Director and the Executive 
General Manager, Human Resources.

1.2.4 Ongoing education
During the year, the Board’s ongoing 
education calendar incorporated a number 
of site visits to the Company’s operational 
facilities and presentations by management 

on a number of topics regarding 
developments impacting, or likely to 
impact, its business. The Board is informed 
by leading expertise from within the 
Company on matters such as management 
of energy requirements, carbon emissions 
and product development.

2   Committees of the Board

To assist the Board in fulfilling its 
responsibilities, the Board has established 
a number of committees with responsibility 
for particular areas. 
Each committee has a specific charter 
or constitution. The charters for the Audit, 
Risk and Compliance Committee and the 
Nomination and Remuneration Committee 
are available on the corporate governance 
section of the Company’s website at 
www.adbri.com.au. The Board periodically 
reviews each Board committee’s charter, 
role and responsibilities.
Generally, minutes of committee meetings 
are tabled at the immediately subsequent 
Board meeting. Additional requirements 
for specific reporting by the committees 
are addressed in the charter of the 
individual committees.

2.1   Key standing committees

Audit, Risk and Compliance Committee 

Nomination and Remuneration Committee

Members

G F Pettigrew  (Chairman)
C L Harris
L V Hosking 

L V Hosking (Chairman) 
C L Harris 
G F Pettigrew

Details of these Directors’ qualifications are 
set out on pages 30 and 31 of this report.
M A Kinnaird was a member of the Committee until 
his retirement from the Board effective 19 May 2010.

Details of these Directors’ qualifications are 
set out on page 30 and 31 of this report.
M A Kinnaird was a member of the Committee until 
his retirement from the Board effective 19 May 2010.

Composition

Consist of a minimum of 3 members, all of whom 
are independent non-executive Directors.

Consist of a minimum of 3 members, all of whom 
are independent non-executive Directors.

Key functions

An independent chair, who is not Chairman of the Board.

To review, assess and approve the annual financial 
reports, the half-year financial report and the results 
of external audit or review including assessing all 
external reporting for its adequacy for shareholder needs; 
and all other financial information published 
by the Company or released to the market;

To review the appropriateness of accounting principles 
adopted by management in the composition and 
presentation of financial reports and to approve 
any change in the accounting principles applied in 
preparing the Company and Group reports;

To evaluate the independence of both the non-
executive Directors and external auditors and to 
monitor the implementation of the Board’s policy 
in relation to the provision of non-audit services 
by the Company’s auditor;

To review (and recommend to the Board) the fees 
paid to non-executive Directors, within the limits 
approved by shareholders;

To review (and recommend to the Board) the 
compensation arrangements for the Managing Director, 
including short term and long term incentives;

To review performance targets, and approve 
recommendations from the Managing Director on 
total levels of remuneration, for senior executives;

To oversee the implementation of the Company’s 
short term and long term incentive arrangements, 
including assessing the extent to which performance 
conditions are satisfied and making relevant awards;

To assess the appropriate mix of skills, experience and 
expertise required on the Board and assess the extent to 
which these required skills are represented on the Board;

(continued next page)

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD ANNUAL REPORT 2010

25

  
Audit, Risk and Compliance Committee 

Nomination and Remuneration Committee

Key functions
(continued)

To recommend to the Board the appointment, 
removal and remuneration of the external auditors, 
to review the terms of their engagement, the scope 
and quality of the audit and to assess performance;

To determine the scope of the internal audit function 
and ensure that it has adequate resources to fulfil its 
role, to assess its performance including independence 
and to advise on the appointment and dismissal of 
the head of internal audit;

To determine whether new policies or training should 
be implemented to safeguard against possible risks 
or non-compliance with applicable laws, regulations 
or Company policies;

To monitor compliance with the Company’s policies and 
procedures that recognise the Company’s business, 
environmental and statutory responsibilities; and

To report the results of the Committee’s review of risk 
management and internal compliance and control 
systems to the Board.

To establish processes for the identification of suitable 
candidates for appointment to the Board, engage 
appropriate search firms to assist in identifying suitable 
candidates and make a recommendation regarding 
the most appropriate candidates to the Board which 
ultimately will appoint the new Directors;

To oversee or design induction and ongoing training 
and education programs for the Board to ensure that 
non-executive Directors are provided with adequate 
information regarding the operations of the business, 
the industry and their legal responsibilities and duties;

To monitor the tenure of Board members, considering 
succession planning and identifying the likely order of 
retirement by rotation of non-executive Directors; and

To establish processes for the review of the 
performance of individual non-executive Directors, 
the Board as a whole and the operation of Board 
committees.

Key activities 
during 2010

G F Pettigrew replaced L V Hosking 
as Chairman of the Committee;

L V Hosking replaced C L Harris as 
Chairman of the Committee;

Ongoing review and consideration of financial 
and non-financial risks and the Company’s system 
of identifying and managing risks;

Establishing criteria, selecting and assessing 
candidates and arranging appointment of new 
independent non-executive Directors;

Monitoring and overseeing of the Company’s 
implementation of the SAP enterprise resource 
planning system;

Monitoring the performance, outcomes and 
actions of the Company’s internal audit program;

Receiving the external auditors’ reports, monitoring 
issues reported and actions taken;

Reviewing and overseeing of the Company’s 2010 
Half Year and Full Year Financial Reporting 
and associated audit;

Establishing the internal audit plan for 2011 
and reviewing and approving the internal 
and external auditors’ fees; 

Monitoring the Group’s insurance renewal 
programme; and

Reviewing the Group’s accounting policies 
and treatment of particular issues.

Responding to request by Barro Group Pty Ltd 
for additional representation on the Company’s 
Board and requisition of EGM;

Granting long term incentive awards to the Managing 
Director and senior management in accordance with 
shareholder approval at the 2010 AGM;

Reviewing and recommending to the Board 
the compensation arrangements for the 
senior executive team; and

Reviewing and recommending to the Board fees 
payable to non-executive Directors for 2011, including 
seeking shareholder approval at the 2010 AGM for 
an increase to the limit approved by shareholders to 
provide further flexibility with respect to future non-
executive Director remuneration, including providing 
the capacity to appoint further Directors to the Board.

Attendance

Details of attendance at Audit, Risk and 
Compliance Committee meetings are set out 
on page 36 of this report.

Details of attendance at Nomination and 
Remuneration Committee meetings are set out 
on page 36 of this report.

26

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD ANNUAL REPORT 2010

 
Consultation

Audit, Risk and Compliance Committee 

Nomination and Remuneration Committee

Members of management may attend meetings 
of the Committee at the invitation of the Committee 
Chairman. It is the practice of the Committee that 
the Managing Director, the Chief Financial Officer 
and the Company Secretary attend all Audit, Risk 
and Compliance Committee meetings. The Group 
Risk Manager generally attends meetings of the 
Committee when non-financial risk management 
matters are considered.

In fulfilling its responsibilities, the Committee has 
rights of access to management and to auditors 
(external and internal) without management present 
and may seek explanations and additional information. 
The Committee has met with the Company’s auditors 
without any member of management present.

It has been the practice of the Nomination and 
Remuneration Committee on occasions to invite 
other Directors to attend Committee meetings. 

Members of management, particularly the Executive 
General Manager, Human Resources or the Managing 
Director, may also attend meetings of the Committee 
at the invitation of the Committee Chairman, whenever 
particular matters arise that require management 
participation, such as reviewing senior executive 
performance.

The Committee and the Chairman of the Committee 
directly without the involvement of the Company’s 
executive management instruct expert professional 
advisors and obtain their advice concerning matters 
of executive remuneration and the selection of 
suitable candidates for appointment as independent 
non-executive Director.

During 2010 the Committee completed 
changes to the Company’s charters 
and policies following the 2009 review. 
The Board established a charter for the 
Corporate Governance Committee and 
implemented changes to charter of the 
Nomination and Remuneration Committee 
in light of the recommendations of the 
Productivity Commission. The Company’s 
Share Trading Policy was reviewed in 
the context of recent changes to the 
requirements under the ASX Listing Rules.

2.2.3 Independent Directors’ Committee
The role of the Independent Directors’ 
Committee is to investigate and consider 
corporate proposals made to the Company. 
The Committee comprises Directors who do 
not have any conflict of interest concerning 
the matters considered by the Committee. 
The present members of the Committee 
are C L Harris (Chairman), L V Hosking, 
G F Pettigrew, K B Scott-Mackenzie 
and M P Chellew (Managing Director). 
M A Kinnaird AC was a member of the 
Committee until his retirement as a 
Director effective 19 May 2010.
Details of members’ attendance at each 
of these Committee meetings in 2010 
are set out on page 36.

2.2   Other Board committees

2.2.1 Safety Health and 
Environment Committee
The members of the Safety, Health and 
Environment Committee (SH&E Committee) 
are G F Pettigrew (Chairman), R D Barro 
and M P Chellew (Managing Director). 
M A Kinnaird AC was a member of the 
Committee until his retirement as a 
Director effective 19 May 2010.
The Committee has a broad role in reviewing 
specific occupational health and safety and 
environmental matters across the Group. 
Committee meetings are also attended by 
the Company’s Executive General Manager, 
HR & SH&E, Chief Financial Officer and its 
General Counsel.
Generally when the SH&E Committee 
meeting is held prior to a Board meeting, the 
SH&E Committee Chairman subsequently 
reports to the Board about the Committee’s 
proceedings.

2.2.2 Corporate Governance Committee
The Corporate Governance Committee, 
which comprises L V Hosking (Chairman) 
and C L Harris, is responsible for overseeing 
the Company’s implementation and 
compliance with best practice in corporate 
governance applicable to the circumstances 
of the Company.  Committee meetings 
are also attended by the Company’s 
Managing Director, the Company Secretary 
and General Counsel and the Chief 
Financial Officer, and are generally held in 
conjunction with Board meetings, so that 
all of the Company’s Directors are present.  
M A Kinnaird AC was a member of the 
Committee until his retirement as a 
Director effective 19 May 2010.

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD ANNUAL REPORT 2010

27

 
3   The Board recognises and 
manages risk and safeguards the 
integrity of fi nancial reporting 

3.1 Framework
The Board has approved the 
following framework within which 
the Company discharges its risk 
management function:

Internal controls framework
> A robust control environment is fundamental to the 

effectiveness of the Company’s risk management 

framework. Delegations of authority and Board and 

management accountability are clearly demarcated. 

> All Directors, executives and employees are required to 

adhere to the Code of Conduct (described below) and the 

Board actively promotes a culture of quality and integrity.

> Accounting, fi nancial reporting and internal control policies 

and procedures designed to manage business risks 

(both fi nancial and non-fi nancial) have been established 

at the Board and executive management levels. These are 

designed to safeguard the assets and interests of the 

Company, and ensure the integrity of fi nancial reporting. 

> The Board acknowledges that it is responsible for the 

overall internal control framework, but recognises that 

no cost effective internal control system will prevent 

all errors and irregularities. To assist in discharging this 

responsibility, the Board has instigated an internal control 

framework that can be described as follows:

Financial reporting
> Comprehensive budgeting system with an 

annual budget reviewed and approved by the Board 

> Monthly actual results are reported against 

budget and revised forecasts for the year are 

prepared regularly 

> Procedures to ensure that price sensitive 

information is reported to the ASX in a timely 

manner (see section 5 below) 

Investment appraisal
> Clearly defi ned guidelines for capital expenditure, 

> E.g. annual budgets, detailed appraisal and 

review procedures, levels of delegated authority 

and due diligence requirements where 

businesses are being acquired or divested

Leading a culture of compliance and ensuring that risk 

management practices are appropriate and effective in 

the context of the Company’s business objectives
> Oversight: The Board, through the Audit, Risk and Compliance 

Committee, is responsible for implementing and overseeing the 

Company’s risk management policies and compliance and control 

systems. These policies and systems provide for management to 

identify and manage both fi nancial and non-fi nancial risks to the 

Company’s businesses. The Board, through the Committee, 

regularly reviews the effectiveness of the Company’s risk 

management system and management of identifi ed business risks.

> Purpose: The Company’s risk management framework is 

designed to ensure strategic, operational, legal, reputation and 

fi nancial risks are identifi ed, assessed, effectively and effi ciently 

managed and monitored to enable achievement of the 

Company’s business objectives.

Operating unit controls 
> Financial controls and 

procedures including 

information systems controls 

are in operation throughout 

the consolidated entity

> Operating units confi rm 

compliance with these 

procedures to the Board 

annually

Financial risk
The Managing Director and Chief Financial Offi cer 

have made the following certifi cations to the Board:

> That the Company’s fi nancial reports present a true and 

fair view, in all material respects, of the fi nancial condition 

and performance of the Company and the consolidated entity 

and are in accordance with relevant accounting standards;

> That the Company has adopted an appropriate system of 

risk management and internal compliance and control 

which implements the policies adopted by the Board and 

forms the basis for the statement given above; and

> That the Company’s risk management and internal 

compliance and control system to the extent it relates 

to fi nancial reporting is operating effi ciently and 

effectively in all material respects.

Non-fi nancial risk
Management has also reported to the Board on strategic and 

operational issues, including an assessment of the material 

business risks facing the Company and the effectiveness of 

the systems and policies in place to manage those risks.

Functional 

Speciality reporting
The Group has identifi ed a 

number of key areas which 

are subject to regular 

reporting to the Board, such 

as safety and environment, 

risk management, taxation, 

fi nance and administration

Delegated authorities 

and restrictions
Comprehensive procedure 

which provides a framework 

that enables employees to 

operate and act within clearly 

defi ned and communicated 

parameters

Internal audit
> Assists the Board in ensuring 

compliance with internal controls.

> The Audit, Risk and Compliance Committee 

reviews and approves the selection and 

engagement of internal auditors, the internal audit 

programme to be conducted, and the scope of 

the work to be performed at each location

> Internal auditors provide the Committee with 

comments and recommendations about the 

identifi cation of areas perceived to be of a greater 

level of risk than others, and any areas 

requiring particular scrutiny

> The Committee receives and reviews the 

reports of the internal auditors

28

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD ANNUAL REPORT 2010

Employees are encouraged to attend 
training or seminars presented by the 
Company, or external service providers, 
to ensure that they remain up-to-date 
with relevant industry and regulatory 
developments.
The Code requires all officers, employees, 
contractors, agents or people associated 
with the Company to report any potential 
breaches to the Company Secretary 
under the whistleblower program. 
This may be done anonymously.

4.2 Shareholdings of 
Directors and employees
The Board has a policy that Directors 
and employees may not buy or sell 
Adelaide Brighton Ltd shares except within 
the period of one month following the 
annual and half year results announcements 
and the period from the release of the 
Company’s annual report until one month 
after the annual general meeting. The policy 
was reviewed to ensure compliance with 
the recent amendments to the ASX Listing 
Rules, and the periods in which the trading 
of shares is strictly prohibited, being from 
financial period end to the announcement 
of results (referred to as “Blackout Periods) 
was clarified for this purpose. A copy of 
the revised policy (which complies with 
the requirements of the ASX Listing Rules) 
was lodged with the ASX. The policy also 
supplements the Corporations Act 2001 
provisions that preclude Directors and 
employees from trading in securities 
when they are in possession of “inside 
information”.
The Board has also adopted a policy 
that prohibits executives from hedging 
(or otherwise locking in a profit over) 
unvested securities issued under the 
Company’s Share Plans. 
The Company’s Share Trading Policy 
and the Award/Share Hedging Policy 
are available on the Company’s 
website at www.adbri.com.au

5   The Board is committed to timely 
and balanced disclosure and respects 
the rights of shareholders

5.1 Continuous disclosure 
The Company is committed to providing 
relevant and timely information to its 
shareholders and to the broader market, 
in accordance with its obligations under 
the Corporations Act 2001 and the 
ASX continuous disclosure regime.
The Company’s Continuous Disclosure 
Policy is available on the Company’s 
website and sets out guidelines and 
processes to be followed in order to 
ensure that the Company’s continuous 
disclosure obligations are met. Material 
information must not be selectively 
disclosed prior to being announced to 
the ASX. These policies and procedures 
are supplemented by the Shareholder 
Communications Policy (also published 
on the Company’s website) which includes 
arrangements the Company has in 
place to promote communication with 
shareholders and encourage effective 
participation at general meetings.
The Company Secretary has been 
nominated as the person responsible 
for communicating with the ASX. This 
role includes responsibility for ensuring 
compliance with the continuous disclosure 
requirements and overseeing and 
coordinating (with the Group Corporate 
Affairs Adviser) information disclosure to 
the ASX, analysts, brokers, shareholders, 
the media and the public.

5.2 Communication with shareholders
The Company’s website contains copies 
of annual reports, financial accounts, 
presentations, media releases and other 
investor relations publications. All relevant 
announcements made to the market, 
and any related information, are also 
posted on the Company’s website as soon 
as they have been released to the ASX.
The Board encourages full participation 
of shareholders at the Annual General 
Meeting in order to promote a high level 
of accountability and discussion of the 
Company and the Groups strategy 
and goals.
The external auditor will attend the 
Annual General Meeting and be available 
to answer shareholder questions about 
the conduct of the audit and the preparation 
and content of the auditors’ report.

3.2 Audit Services
The Company and Audit, Risk and 
Compliance Committee policy is to appoint 
external auditors who clearly demonstrate 
quality and independence. The performance 
of the external auditor is reviewed annually 
and consideration is given to inviting 
applications for tender of external audit 
services, taking into account the assessment 
of performance, existing value and tender 
costs. PricewaterhouseCoopers remains 
the external auditor of the Company for the 
Group’s financial report for the year ended 
31 December 2010.
The Board has adopted a policy in relation 
to the provision of non-audit services by 
the Company’s external auditor. It is based 
on the principle that work that may detract 
from the external auditor’s independence 
and impartiality (or that may be perceived 
as doing so) should not be carried out by 
the external auditor. Details and the break 
down of fees for non-audit services and an 
analysis of fees paid or payable to external 
auditors are provided in Note 31 to the 
Financial Statements.

4   The Board is committed to 
promoting ethical and responsible 
decision-making

4.1 Code of conduct and 
whistleblower program
The Company is committed to upholding 
the highest ethical standards of corporate 
behaviour. A Code of Conduct has been 
adopted, which requires that all Directors, 
senior management and employees act 
with the utmost integrity and honesty. 
It aims to further strengthen the Company’s 
ethical climate by promoting practices that 
foster the Company’s key values of:
Acting with fairness, honesty and integrity;
Being aware of and abiding by laws 
and regulations;
Individually and collectively contributing to 
the wellbeing of shareholders, customers, 
the economy and the community;
Maintaining the highest standards of 
professional behaviour;
Avoiding or managing conflicts of 
interest; and
Striving to be a good corporate citizen, 
and to achieve community respect.

>

>

>

>

>

>

The Code of Conduct is publicly 
available on the Company’s website at 
www.adbri.com.au
The Company has also adopted policies 
requiring compliance with (among 
others) occupational health and safety, 
environmental, privacy, equal employment 
opportunity and competition and 
consumer law. The Company monitors 
the effectiveness of these policies.

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD ANNUAL REPORT 2010

29

 
Christopher Harris 

BEc, FCPA, FAICD

Les Hosking

Graeme Pettigrew

FPNA, FAIM, FAICD

Age 64

Age 66

Age 62

Independent non-executive 
Director since March 1995.
An economics graduate and 
qualifi ed accountant with more 
than 21 years public company 
experience as an executive 
and non-executive Director. 
Former Managing Director of 
FH Faulding & Co Ltd, Chairman 
of Evogenix Ltd and Deputy 
Chairman of Adelaide Bank Ltd.
Chairman, Argo Investments 
Ltd and Director, DMP Asset 
Management Ltd.
Previous Director of Australian 
Vintage Ltd (appointed 28 June 
2002 and resigned 24 June 
2009) and Arana Therapeutics 
Limited (appointed 28 August 
2007 and resigned 1 July 2009). 

Appointed Chairman 
19 May 2010.
Member, Nomination and 
Remuneration Committee.
Member, Audit, Risk and 
Compliance Committee.
Member, Corporate 
Governance Committee. 
Member, Independent 
Directors’ Committee.

e
c
n
e
i
r
e
p
x
E

s
e
i
t
i
l
i

i

b
s
n
o
p
s
e
r

l

i

a
c
e
p
S

Independent non-executive 
Director since June 2003.
Extensive knowledge of 
commercial and fi nancial matters 
with 16 years experience as 
Chief Executive of the Sydney 
Futures Exchange and former 
Chief Executive Offi cer of 
Axiss Australia and Managing 
Director of National Electricity 
Market Management Company 
(NEMMCO).
Director, AGL Energy Limited 
and Australian Energy Market 
Operator Limited and Carbon 
Market Institute Limited 
and Member, Innovation 
Australia.  

Independent non-executive 
Director since August 2004.
Extensive knowledge of
building materials industry as 
former Chief Executive Offi cer 
of CSR Building Products and 
broad management experience 
gained in South East Asia and 
the United Kingdom through 
former positions as Managing 
Director of Chubb Australia 
Limited and Wormald Security 
Australia Pty Ltd.
Director, Lafarge Plasterboard 
Pty Ltd, Bisalloy Steel Group 
Ltd and Capral Ltd.

Chairman, Corporate 
Governance Committee.
Chairman, Nomination and 
Remuneration Committee.
Member, Audit, Risk and 
Compliance Committee.
Member, Independent 
Directors’ Committee.

Chairman, SH&E Committee.
Chairman, Audit, Risk and 
Compliance Committee.
Member, Independent 
Directors’ Committee.
Member, Nomination and 
Remuneration Committee. 

30

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD ANNUAL REPORT 2010

 
Mark Chellew

BSc, ME, Grad Diploma Mgt

Raymond Barro

BBus, CPA, ASIS

Ken Scott Mackenzie 

BE (Mine), Dip Law

Age 54

Age 49

Age 60

Executive Director and Managing 
Director since September 2001.
Mechanical Engineer with over 
29 years experience in the heavy 
building materials and related 
industries gained in Australia 
and the United Kingdom.
Previously held the position 
of Managing Director of Blue 
Circle Cement in the United 
Kingdom and senior 
management positions within 
the CSR group of companies 
in Australia and the United 
Kingdom. 

Non-executive Director 
since August 2008.
Over 21 years experience in 
the premixed concrete and 
construction materials industry.
Managing Director of Barro 
Group Pty Ltd.

Independent non-executive 
Director since July 2010.
Mining Engineer with over 
35 years experience in 
infrastructure, construction 
and mining services gained in 
Australia and South Africa, as 
well as extensive knowledge of 
fi nancial, legal and commercial 
aspects of projects. 
Director, Macmahon Holdings 
Limited and External Member, 
Critical Skills Investment Fund 
Advisory Board.

Member, Independent 
Directors’ Committee. 
Member, SH&E Committee.

Member, SH&E Committee.

Member, Independent 
Directors’ Committee.

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD ANNUAL REPORT 2010

31

Shareholder information

Combining multiple shareholdings
If you have multiple shareholding 
accounts that you want to 
consolidate into a single account, 
please advise the share registry, 
Computershare Investor Services 
Pty Limited, in writing.

Change of address
Shareholders who are Issuer 
Sponsored should notify any change 
of address to the share registry, 
Computershare Investor Services Pty 
Limited, by telephone or in writing 
quoting your security holder reference 
number, previous address and new 
address.  Broker Sponsored 
(CHESS) holders should advise their 
sponsoring broker of the change.

Registered office
Level 1, 157 Grenfell Street
Adelaide SA 5000
Telephone (08) 8223 8000
Facsimile (08) 8215 0030

Stock exchange listing
Adelaide Brighton Ltd is listed on 
the Australian Securities Exchange 
and trades under the symbol “ABC”. 
Adelaide is Adelaide Brighton Ltd’s 
home exchange.

Communications
Our internet site www.adbri.
com.au offers access to our ASX 
announcements and news releases 
as well as information about our 
operations.  

Substantial shareholders
> Barro Properties Pty Ltd, by a 
notice of change of interests of 
substantial shareholder dated 4 May 
2009, informed the Company that 
it or an associate had a relevant 
interest in 145,039,812 ordinary 
shares or 23.7% of the Company’s 
issued share capital.
> AMP Limited, by a notice of 
change of interests of substantial 
shareholder dated 31 March 2011, 
informed the Company that it or an 
associate had a relevant interest in 
45,392,999 ordinary shares or 
7.15% of the Company’s issued 
share capital.
> Perpetual Limited, by a notice of 
initial substantial shareholder dated 
15 March 2011, informed the 
Company that it and its subsidiaries 
had a relevant interest in 32,520,439 
ordinary shares or 5.12% of the 
Company’s issued share capital.

On market buy back
At 1 April 2011 there is no on-market buy back 
of the Company’s shares being undertaken.

Top twenty largest shareholders as at 1 April 2011 

Shareholder 

No. of ordinary     % of issued
                                                shares held             capital 

Barro Properties Pty Ltd

National Nominees Limited

JP Morgan Nominees Australia Limited

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited

Barro Group Pty Ltd

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited

Cogent Nominees Pty Limited

AMP Life Limited

RBC Dexia Investor Services Australia Nominees 
Pty Limited 

JP Morgan Nominees Australia Limited 


Cogent Nominees Pty Limited 

116,276,429

83,509,461

80,083,597

55,264,489

30,199,353

26,024,154

18,651,297

17,252,297

14,742,874

13,975,874

10,565,111

UBS Wealth Management Australia Nominees Pty Ltd 

4,699,156

Argo Investments Ltd

Barro Properties Pty Ltd

UBS Nominees Pty Ltd

UCA Growth Fund Limited

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited 

HSBS Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited A/C 2

RBC Dexia Investor Services Australia Nominees 
Pty Limited  A/C

Milton Corporation Limited

Total top 20 shareholders

Total remaining holders balance

3,932,062

3,680,078

2,782,679

2,000,000

1,886,217

1,679,503

1,645,332

1,613,440

490,462,385

144,670,425

18.31

13.15

12.61

8.70

4.75

4.10

2.94

2.72

2.32

2.20

1.66

0.74

0.62

0.58

0.44

0.31

0.30

0.26

0.26

0.25

77.22

22.78

Voting rights
All shares at 1 April 2011 were of one class with equal voting rights 
being one vote for each shareholder and, on a poll, one vote for each 
fully paid ordinary share.

Shares held at
1 April 2011

1 -

1,000

1,001 -

5,000

5,001 -

10,000

10,001 -

100,000

100,001 -

over

Total shareholders
Less than a marketable parcel of

No. of
shareholders

% of issued
capital 

3,136

6,028

2,822

2,802

161

14,949
153

0.23

2.71

3.33

10.30

83.43

100.00
731

Unquoted securities
5,315,000 issued to the Managing Director and other members of the senior 
executive team under the Adelaide Brighton Ltd Executive Performance Share 
Plan as part of the Company’s long term incentive program. The Awards are 
not quoted and do not participate in the distribution of dividends and do not 
have voting rights. The total number of participants in the Adelaide Brighton Ltd 
Executive Performance Share Plan and eligible to receive the Awards is 14.

Enquiries about your shareholding
Enquiries or notifications by shareholders 
regarding their shareholdings or 
dividends should be directed to 
Adelaide Brighton’s share registry: 
Computershare Investor Services 
Pty Limited
Level 5, 115 Grenfell Street
Adelaide SA 5000
Telephone 1800 339 522 
International +61 3 9415 4031
Facsimile 1300 534 987 
International +61 8 8236 2305

When communicating with the share 
registry, shareholders should quote 
their current address together with their 
Security Reference Number (SRN) or 
Holder Identification Number (HIN) as 
it appears on their Issuer Sponsored/
CHESS statement.  

Online services
Shareholders can access information 
and update information about their 
shareholding in Adelaide Brighton 
Limited via the internet by visiting 
Computershare Investor Services 
Pty Ltd website:
www.investorcentre.com

Some of the services available online 
include: check current holding balances, 
choose your preferred annual report 
option, update address details, update 
bank details, confirm whether you have 
lodged your TFN, ABN or exemption, 
view your transaction and dividend 
history or download a variety of forms.

Enquiries about 
Adelaide Brighton Ltd
Enquiries about Adelaide Brighton Ltd 
should be directed to: 
Group Corporate Affairs Adviser
Adelaide Brighton Ltd
GPO Box 2155
Adelaide SA 5001
Telephone (08) 8223 8000
Facsimile (08) 8215 0030
adelaidebrighton@adbri.com.au 

Annual general meeting
The annual general meeting of 
shareholders will be held at the 
InterContinental, North Terrace, 
Adelaide, South Australia on 
Wednesday 18 May 2011 
at 11.00 am.

Direct credit of dividends 
Dividends can be paid directly into 
a bank or other financial institution.  
Payments are electronically credited 
on the dividend payment day and 
subsequently confirmed by mailed 
payment advice.  Application forms 
are available from our share registry, 
Computershare Investor Services 
Pty Ltd or visit the website at:
www.computershare.com.au/
easyupdate/abc 
to update your banking details.

32

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD ANNUAL REPORT 2010

 
 
 
 
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s

l

i

a
c
n
a
n
F

i

Directors’ report .....................................................................................................................  34
Remuneration report ..............................................................................................................  38
Income statement ..................................................................................................................  48
Statement of comprehensive income...................................................................................  49
Balance sheet .........................................................................................................................  50
Statement of changes in equity ............................................................................................  51
Statement of cash fl ows ........................................................................................................  52
Notes
1 
Summary of signifi cant accounting policies ........................................................................  53
2  Critical accounting estimates and assumptions ..................................................................  61
3  Revenue and other income ................................................................................................  62
Expenses ...........................................................................................................................  62
4 
5 
Income tax .........................................................................................................................  63
6  Current assets - cash and cash equivalents .......................................................................  64
7  Current assets - trade and other receivables ......................................................................  64
8  Current assets - inventories................................................................................................  65
9  Current assets - assets classifi ed as held for sale ...............................................................  65
10  Non-current assets - receivables ........................................................................................  65
11  Non-current assets - investments accounted for using the equity method ..........................  65
12  Non-current assets - property, plant and equipment ..........................................................  67
13  Non-current assets - deferred tax assets ...........................................................................  68
14  Non-current assets - intangible assets ...............................................................................  68
15  Current liabilities - trade and other payables .......................................................................  69
16  Current liabilities - borrowings ............................................................................................  69
17  Current liabilities - provisions ..............................................................................................  70
18  Current liabilities - other liabilites.........................................................................................  70
19  Non-current liabilities - borrowings .....................................................................................  70
20  Non-current liabilities - deferred tax liabilities ......................................................................  71
21  Non-current liabilities - provisions .......................................................................................  71
22  Non-current liabilities - retirement benefi t obligations ..........................................................  71
23  Contributed equity .............................................................................................................  74
24  Reserves and retained earnings .........................................................................................  75
25  Dividends ...........................................................................................................................  76
26  Financial risk management .................................................................................................  77
27  Contingencies ....................................................................................................................  80
28  Commitments for expenditure ............................................................................................  81
29  Share-based payment plans ..............................................................................................  82
30  Key management personnel disclosures ............................................................................  83
31  Remuneration of auditors ...................................................................................................  86
32  Related parties ...................................................................................................................  86
33 
Investments in controlled entities ........................................................................................  88
34  Deed of cross guarantee ....................................................................................................  89
35  Reconciliation of profi t after income tax to net cash infl ow from operating activities ............  90
36  Earnings per share .............................................................................................................  91
37  Events occurring after the balance sheet date ....................................................................  91
38  Segment reporting .............................................................................................................  91
39  Parent entity fi nancial information .......................................................................................  93
Directors’ declaration ............................................................................................................  94
Auditor’s independence declaration .....................................................................................  94
Independent audit report .......................................................................................................  95
Financial history .....................................................................................................................  96

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD ANNUAL REPORT 2010

33

 
Directors’ report

The Directors present their report on the 
consolidated entity (the Group) consisting of 
Adelaide Brighton Ltd (the Company) and 
the entities it controlled at the end of, or 
during, the year ended 31 December 2010.

Directors

The Directors of the Company, at any time 
during or since the end of the financial year 
and up to the date of this report, are:
M A Kinnaird AC (retired 19 May 2010)
C L Harris
R D Barro
L V Hosking
G F Pettigrew
K B Scott-Mackenzie (appointed 26 July 2010)
M P Chellew

Principal activities

During the year the principal activities of the 
Group consisted of the manufacture and 
distribution of cement, and cementitious 
products, lime, premixed concrete, 
aggregates, sand and concrete products.

Review of operations

A summary of the financial results for the 
year ended 31 December 2010 is set out 
below:

(A$ million) 

Revenue 

Depreciation and Amortisation 

Earnings before interest and tax (“EBIT”) 
Net interest 

Profit before tax 
Income tax expense 

Net profit after tax 
Attributable to:
Members of Adelaide Brighton Ltd 
Non-controlling interests 

Basic earnings per share (cents) 
Ordinary dividend per share (cents) 
Special dividend per share (cents) 
Franking (%) – all dividends 
Net debt 
Net debt/equity (%) 

Adelaide Brighton reported record sales and 
profit for the year ended 31 December 2010. 
Net profit after tax attributable to members 
increased to $151.5 million, up 23.1% over 
the previous corresponding period. Revenue 
of $1,072.9 million increased by 8.7% 
primarily due to stronger demand for cement 
from projects in South Australia and Western 
Australia.

Earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) 
increased by 16.7% to $216.2 million. 
Margins improved due to increased selling 
prices, effective management of costs 
despite increased energy prices and 
improved import margins as a result of the 
strong Australian dollar. Cost management 
programs delivered benefits of $10 million, 
which helped to offset rising energy prices 
which had an adverse impact of about $10 
million in 2010.

Profit before tax increased 19.9% to $202.2 
million. Net interest reduced by 16.2% to 
$14.0 million on lower levels of debt, offset 
partially by increased interest rates.

The strong 2010 performance has resulted 
in a 17.2% increase in earnings per share 
from 20.4 cents to 23.9 cents.

Cement
Sales of cement were significantly ahead of 
2009 levels as a result of increased demand 
from infrastructure and mining projects in 
South Australia, the resources industry in 
Western Australia and continued strength of 
construction activity in Victoria.

2010 

2009

1,072.9 

987.2

(52.8) 

(56.8)

216.2 
(14.0) 

202.2 
(50.8) 

185.3
(16.7)

168.6
(45.4)

151.4 

123.2

151.5 
(0.1) 

23.9 
16.5 
5.0 
100% 
148.4 

123.1
0.1

20.4
13.5
-
100%
175.4

15.9% 

19.6%

The increase in sales volume was greater 
than the estimated 4% increase in the 
national cement market.

Cement net selling prices increased 
marginally higher than CPI.

Cement margins improved as price 
increases and the benefits from cost 
management helped offset cost pressures. 
Clinker kiln capacity was fully utilised during 
the year.

Adelaide Brighton’s successful import 
strategy saw sales volumes in excess of 
domestic production being met through 
imports of clinker and cement, addressing 
increased market demand and achieving 
optimal asset utilisation. The Australian 
dollar was stronger against the US dollar 
and Japanese yen throughout 2010 
compared with the previous year and as a 
result import margins improved, particularly 
in the first half.

Lime
Lime volumes increased due to strong 
demand from the Western Australian non-
alumina sector. Margins improved as price 
increases and efficiency improvements more 
than covered input cost increases.

The Munster (Western Australia), Angaston 
(South Australia) and Mataranka (Northern 
Territory) lime kilns continued to operate at 
full capacity, while the Dongara (Western 
Australia) plant operated efficiently supplying 
peak market demand when required.

34

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

Concrete and Aggregates
Premixed concrete volumes improved 
generally in line with the east coast market. 
Sales of aggregate increased in northern 
New South Wales with supply to the Pacific 
Highway upgrade. Austen Quarry (west of 
Sydney) volumes continued to improve. 
2010 included the first full 12 months of 
operations for the Tinda Park (New South 
Wales) sand operation, which was acquired 
in December 2009. This operation exceeded 
forecast volumes and profitability. Concrete 
pricing advanced marginally in 2010 and 
increases in prices of aggregate products 
were achieved.

Concrete gross margins improved marginally 
in 2010. In the aggregates operations, 
improvements in plant throughput were 
achieved during the year, contributing to an 
improvement in profitability.

Concrete Products
Market conditions remain weak and 
extremely competitive in all masonry 
markets. Adbri Masonry total product 
volume was down by 3% compared with the 
previous year. This decrease was due mainly 
to continued weakness in the Queensland 
market, exasperated by very wet weather 
along the east coast of Australia in the 
second half of the year.

Over the past two years, output volumes 
have been adjusted to meet market demand 
nationally. Cost management programs 
have helped offset the decline in volumes, 
maintaining gross margins in the face of 
increased competition.

Joint Ventures
Independent Cement and Lime reported 
improved earnings due to increased 
construction activity in Victoria driven by 
major projects. Margins improved as a result 
of increased pricing and cost control.

Sunstate Cement reported increased 
earnings despite weakness in the south east 
Queensland market in 2010. Lower volumes 
for the year were offset by a decrease in 
clinker transfer (input) prices.

The Mawsons concrete and aggregates 
joint venture which operates in northern 
Victoria and southern regional New South 
Wales, had a strong year with on-going 
demand from the mining sector and water 
infrastructure projects.

Operational results

Strong trading and continued working capital 
management facilitated a lift in operating 
cash flow to $188.5 million during 2010. 
Trade receivables decreased by $1.8 million 
to $144.2 million and debtor days improved 
from the prior year, decreasing by 2.6 days. 
This result was further complemented by a 
reduction in 2010 bad debt expense with no 
material customer failures occurring during 
the year.

Inventory levels increased by $10 million 
to $117.8 million due to the timing of 
shipments. Capital expenditure amounted 
to $51.7 million for the year, an increase 
from the prior year and in line with “stay 
in business” levels. Net debt decreased 
by $27.0 million to $148.4 million due to 
strong free cash flows. As a result, year 
end gearing fell to 15.9% versus 19.6% 
at the end of 2009. The Company’s cash 
flow and balance sheet position is strong 
and provides capacity for Adelaide Brighton 
to fund modest acquisitions and planned 
organic growth opportunities.

Dividends paid or declared by the 
Company

During the 2010 financial year, the following 
dividends were paid:

•  A final dividend in respect of the year ended 
31 December 2009 of 8.0 cents per share 
(fully franked) was paid on 12 April 2010. 
This dividend totalled $50,731,598.

•  An interim dividend in respect of the year 

ended 31 December 2010 of 7.5 cents per 
share (fully franked) was paid on 11 October 
2010. This dividend totalled $47,634,961.

•  An interim special dividend in respect of the 
year ended 31 December 2010 of 2.5 cents 
per share (fully franked) was paid on 
11 October 2010. This special dividend 
totalled $15,878,320.

Since the end of the financial year the 
Directors have approved the payment of a 
final dividend of 9.0 cents per share (fully 
franked) to be paid on 11 April 2011. In 
addition, a special dividend of 2.5 cents per 
share (fully franked) was declared payable 
coincident with the final dividend on 
11 April 2011.

State of affairs

No significant changes occurred in the state 
of affairs of the Group during the financial 
year.

Events subsequent to the end of the 
financial year

As at the date of this report, no other 
matter or circumstance has arisen since 
31 December 2010 that has significantly 
affected, or may significantly affect the 
Group’s operations, the results of those 
operations, or the Group’s state of affairs in 
future financial years.

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

35

Likely developments and expected 
results of operations

Likely developments in the operations of the 
Group, known at the date of this report, and 
the expected results of those operations, 
have been covered generally within the 
financial report.

Further information on likely developments 
in the operations of the Group and the 
expected results of operations in the future 
financial years have not been included in this 
report because the Directors believe it would 
be likely to result in unreasonable prejudice 
to the Group.

•  The NPI review was conducted by 

the Western Australian Department of 
Environment and Conservation at the 
Company’s Dongara plant.

•  The EEO verification was conducted at 
the Company’s Birkenhead plant by the 
Department of Resources Energy and 
Tourism. The government EEO report is 
pending.

•  A reasonable assurance engagement was 
conducted by PricewaterhouseCoopers 
over the Group’s Emission Intensive Trade 
Exposed (EITE) data submission for the 
period 1 July 2004 to 31 December 2008. 

EITE assistance was recognised for Adelaide 
Brighton’s clinker and lime production.

Directors profiles

Information relating to Directors’ 
qualifications, experience and special 
responsibilities are set out on page 30 and 
31 of the Annual Report.

Directors’ meetings

The number of Directors’ meetings and 
meetings of committees of Directors held 
during the financial year and the number of 
meetings attended by each Director is as 
follows:

Environmental performance

The Group is subject to various 
Commonwealth, State and Territory laws 
concerning the environmental performance 
of Adelaide Brighton’s operations. 
Management ensures that any regulations, 
licences or permits required for the Group’s 
operations are obtained and observed. 
All operations have access to safety and 
environmental legislation summaries specific 
to their activities and a Group Safety, 
Health and Environmental management 
system is in place for monitoring, reporting 
and addressing matters raised. Two sites, 
Birkenhead and Angaston, are certified to 
the environmental management system 
standard ISO 14001.

The Group monitors environmental 
performance by site and business division, 
and information about the Group’s 
performance is reported and reviewed by 
the Group’s senior management, the Safety, 
Health & Environment Committee of the 
Board and the Board.

All Adelaide Brighton facilities complied 
with Commonwealth and State 
environmental requirements and during 
2010 no environmental prosecutions were 
commenced.

Three reviews were conducted in 2010 
which verify the quality of mandatory 
government reporting for National 
Pollutant Inventory (NPI), Energy Efficiency 
Opportunities (EEO) and National 
Greenhouse and Energy Reporting (NGER) 
as follows:

Director 

Board 
Meetings 

A 

H 

M A Kinnaird1 
C L Harris 
R D Barro 
L V Hosking 
G F Pettigrew 
M P Chellew 
K B Scott-
  Mackenzie2 

4 
9 
9 
9 
9 
9 

3 

4 
9 
9 
9 
9 
9 

4 

Audit, Risk  Nomination 

and 

and 

SH&E
Compliance  Remuneration  Governance  Directors’ 
Committee
Committee  Committee  Committee  Committee  Commettee

Independent 

Corporate 

A 

2 
4 

4 
4 

H 

2 
4 

4 
4 

A 

3 
6 

6 
6 

H 

3 
6 

6 
6 

A 

1 
2 

2 

H 

1 
2 

2 

A 

1 

2 

2 
2 

H

1

2

2
2

A 

0 
0 

0 
0 
0 

0 

H 

0 
0

0
0 
0 

0

A  Number of meetings attended

H   Number of meetings held during period of office

1  M A Kinnaird retired on 19 May 2010

2  K B Scott-Mackenzie appointed on 26 July 2010

Throughout 2010, the general business of 
the Corporate Governance Committee was 
dealt with at the Company’s Board Meetings 
and no separate committee meetings were 
held.

Particulars of the Company’s corporate 
governance practices, including the roles of 
each Board Committee, are set out on page 
23 to 29 of this report.

Directors’ interests

The relevant interest of each Director in the 
share capital of the Company at the date of 
this report is as follows: 

C L Harris 
L V Hosking 
G F Pettigrew 
M P Chellew 
R D Barro 
K B Scott-Mackenzie 

Ordinary shares

70,479
4,739
7,739
448,366
148,329,642
-

Full details of the interests in share capital of 
Directors of the Company are disclosed in 
Note 30 to the Financial Statements on 
page 85 of this report. Full details of the 
interests in Awards of Directors of the 
Company are set out in the Remuneration 
Report on pages 38 to 47 of this report.

Director and executive remuneration

Details of the Company’s remuneration 
policies and the nature and amount of 
the remuneration of the Directors and 
certain senior executives are set out in the 
Remuneration Report on pages 38 to 47 of 
this report.

36

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company was not liable during 2010 
under such indemnities.

Rule 9.5 of the constitution provides that 
the Company may purchase and maintain 
insurance or pay or agree to pay a premium 
for insurance for “officers” (as defined in 
the constitution) against liabilities incurred 
by the officer in his or her capacity as an 
officer of the Company or of a related body 
corporate, including liability for negligence or 
for reasonable costs and expenses incurred 
in defending proceedings, whether civil or 
criminal and whatever their outcome.

During the year the Company paid the 
premiums in respect of Directors’ and 
Officers’ Liability Insurance to cover the 
Directors and Secretaries of the Company 
and its subsidiaries, and the General 
Managers of each of the divisions of the 
Group, for the period 1 May 2010 to 
30 April 2011. Due to confidentiality 
obligations under that policy, the premium 
payable and further details in respect of 
the nature of the liabilities insured against 
cannot be disclosed.

Proceedings on behalf of the Company

No person has applied for leave of the 
Court to bring proceedings on behalf of the 
Company or to intervene in any proceedings 
to which the Company is a party for the 
purpose of taking responsibility on behalf 
of the Company for all or any part of those 
proceedings. The Company was not a party 
to any such proceedings during the year.

Non-audit services

The Company may decide to employ the 
auditor on assignments additional to their 
statutory audit duties where the auditor’s 
experience and expertise with the Company 
and the Group are important.

Details of the amounts paid or payable 
to PricewaterhouseCoopers for audit and 
non-audit services provided during the 
year are set out in Note 31 to the Financial 
Statements on page 86 of this report.

The Board of Directors has considered 
the position and, in accordance with the 
advice received from the Audit, Risk and 
Compliance Committee, is satisfied that 
the provision of the non-audit services is 
compatible with the general standard of 
independence for auditors imposed by the 
Corporations Act 2001. The Directors are 
satisfied that the provision of non-audit 
services by the auditor, as set out below, did 
not compromise the auditor’s independence 
requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 
for the following reasons:

•  All non-audit services have been reviewed by 
the Audit, Risk and Compliance Committee 
to ensure they do not impact the impartiality 
and objectivity of the auditor; and

•  None of the services undermine the general 
principles relating to auditor independence 
as set out in Professional Statement F1, 
including reviewing or auditing the auditor’s 
own work, acting in a management or a 
decision making capacity for the Company, 
acting as advocate for the Company or 
jointly sharing economic risk and rewards.

A copy of the auditors’ independence 
declaration as required under section 307C 
of the Corporations Act 2001 is set out on 
page 94.

Rounding off

The Company is of a kind referred to in 
ASIC Class Order 98/0100 dated 10 July 
1998 and, in accordance with that Class 
Order, amounts in the financial report and 
Directors’ report have been rounded off to 
the nearest one hundred thousand dollars, 
unless otherwise stated.

Dated 3 March 2011

Signed in accordance with a resolution of 
the Directors

M Chellew
Managing Director

Company Secretaries

The Company’s principal Company Secretary 
is Marcus Clayton, who has been employed 
by the Company in the two separate offices 
of General Counsel and Company Secretary 
since 24 February 2003. He is a legal 
practitioner admitted in South Australia with 
24 years experience.

Two other employees of the Company also 
hold the office of Company Secretary to 
assist with secretarial duties should the 
principal Company Secretary be absent: the 
Company’s Chief Financial Officer, Michael 
Kelly, a Certified Practising Accountant who 
has been a Company Secretary since 
23 November 2010 and the Group’s 
Corporate Affairs Adviser, Luba Alexander, 
who has been a Company Secretary since 
22 March 2001.

Indemnification and insurance of 
officers

Rule 9 of the Company’s constitution 
provides that the Company indemnifies 
each person who is or who has been an 
“officer” of the Company on a full indemnity 
basis and to the full extent permitted by law, 
against liabilities incurred by that person in 
their capacity as an officer of the Company 
or of a related body corporate.

Rule 9.1 of the constitution defines “officers” 
to mean:

•  Each person who is or has been a Director, 
alternate Director or executive officer of the 
Company or of a related body corporate of 
the Company who in that capacity is or was 
a nominee of the Company; and

•  Such other officers or former officers of the 
Company or of its related bodies corporate 
as the Directors in each case determine.

Additionally the Company has entered into 
Deeds of Access, Indemnity and Insurance 
with all Directors of the Company, its wholly 
owned subsidiaries, and nominee Directors 
on the Board of Independent Cement & 
Lime Pty Ltd. These deeds provide for 
indemnification on a full indemnity basis and 
to the full extent permitted by law against 
all losses or liabilities incurred by the person 
as an officer of the relevant Company. The 
indemnity is a continuing obligation and is 
enforceable by an officer even if he or she 
has ceased to be an officer of the relevant 
Company or its related bodies corporate.

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

37

Remuneration report

The Directors of the Company present 
the Remuneration Report prepared in 
accordance with section 300A of the 
Corporations Act 2001 for the Company and 
the Group for the year ended 31 December 
2010. This Remuneration Report, which has 
been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers, 
forms part of the Directors’ Report.

Section 1 – Policy and Structure

1.1 Overview of elements of 
remuneration

Table 1 - Overview of elements of remuneration

Elements of 
remuneration  Non-Executive 

Directors 

Fixed 
remuneration

Fees 

Salary 

At-risk 
remuneration 

Short term 
incentive

 
 
 

An overview of the elements of remuneration 
is set out in Table 1. A more detailed 
discussion of each element is contained in 
this Remuneration Report.

Post- 
employment

 

Long term 
incentive
Superannuation   
Notice periods &   
termination
payments

Senior 
Executives 
 
 
 

 

 
 

Discussion in
Remuneration
Report

pages 46, 47

page 41

pages 41, 42

pages 43 - 45

pages 46, 47

page 45

Executive 
 
 
 

 

 
 

1.2 Board policy on executive 
remuneration

The Nomination and Remuneration 
Committee has recommended, and the 
Board has adopted, a policy that executive 
remuneration will:

•  Be competitive in the markets in which the 
Group operates in order to attract, motivate 
and retain high calibre employees;

•  Reinforce the short and long term objectives 

of the Group as set out in the strategic 
business plans endorsed by the Board; and

•  Provide a common interest between 

employees and shareholders by linking the 
rewards that accrue to management to 
the creation of value for shareholders, and 
ensuring that remuneration policy has regard 
to market practice and conditions.

  The policy seeks to support the Group’s 

objective to be perceived as “an employer of 
choice” by:

•  Offering remuneration levels which are 
competitive relative to those offered by 
comparable employers; and

•  Providing strong, transparent linkages 

between individual and Group performance 
and rewards.

The Board, based on the recommendations 
of the Nomination and Remuneration 
Committee, establishes the remuneration 
of the Managing Director. Following a 
comprehensive review undertaken in 2009 
by the Nomination and Remuneration 
Committee taking into account advice from 
two independent consultants instructed 
directly by the Chairman of the Nomination 
and Remuneration Committee, and in the 
context of the global financial crisis and 
the challenging market conditions, the 
Committee recommended, and the Board 
approved a ‘freeze’ on the Managing 
Director’s fixed remuneration for 2010 and 
2011. That review also considered the short 
term and long term incentive components of 
the Managing Director’s total remuneration 
package.

The Nomination and Remuneration 
Committee, based on the recommendations 
of the Managing Director, approves the 
remuneration of senior executives reporting 
to the Managing Director, including their 
participation in both short term and long 
term incentive schemes.

38

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Board aims to achieve a balance between fixed and performance related components of remuneration that reflect market conditions at each job 
and seniority level.

Be competitive in Adelaide Brighton’s 
markets

Reinforce Group short and long term 
incentives

Link to creation of shareholder 
value

 Fixed remuneration

Performance-based remuneration
Performance-based remuneration

Between 40 - 60% of total target 
remuneration

Between 40 - 60% of total target

Between 40 - 60% of total target remuneration

Determined in line with median market 
rate for comparable role.

Executive can take in form agreed with
the Company (in general, this is in the
form of cash, car and superannuation and 
includes the cost of fringe benefits tax).

STI

Targets comprise:

•  ‘Financial Target’ (80% of STI opportunity) 
relating to Group performance against 
budget; and

•  ‘Functional Targets’ (20% of STI opportunity) 

relating to personal performance.

LTI

Targets based on earnings per share
and total shareholder return to link 
executive reward with key performance 
drivers which underpin sustainable growth 
in shareholder value.

Section 2 - Group performance 2010

2.1 Shareholders’ wealth

The Company’s long term incentive 
arrangements for senior executives 
(described in section 3.3 below) are judged 
against two performance measures – total 
shareholder return (TSR) and earnings per 
share (EPS), which the Board believes 
are indicators of the long term creation of 
shareholder wealth.

As set out in section 3.3 below, the 
long term incentive rewards sustained 
performance in relation to growth in 
these measures (TSR when compared to 
performance against the chosen indices 
and EPS based on percentage growth) over 
2, 3 and 4 year periods. In this way, the 
Board strives to link executive rewards to 
shareholder value creation over the longer 
term, through which executives focus on 
medium to longer term strategic decision 
making as opposed to taking decisions 
which result in short term gains alone.

TSR measures the change in shareholder 
wealth over time – being the dividends paid 
by the Company, changes in share price 
and any return of capital over the relevant 
period. EPS divides earnings by the number 
of shares on issue (which includes the effect 
of capital raisings).

The Company’s 5 year TSR and EPS 
performance is set out in Table 2 below, 
together with details of dividends paid, 

the closing price of Adelaide Brighton shares 
on 31 December in each year and details of 
operating cash flow.

Table 2 - Shareholders’ wealth improvement from 2006 to 2010

Year ended  Year ended  Year ended  Year ended  Year ended
31 Dec 06
31 Dec 08 
31 Dec 10 

31 Dec 07 

31 Dec 09 

Share price (A$)1 

3.30 

2.75 

2.10 

3.48  

2.81

Total dividends paid (cents) 

21.5 

13.5 

15.0 

18.5   

18.5

Franked dividends  

100% 

100% 

100% 

100%   

100%

Operating cash flow 

$188.5m 

$188.1m 

$150.1m 

$140.4m 

$144.3m

EPS (Ac)  

TSR (%) 

23.9 

20.4 

22.2 

21.0   

18.4

27.8% 

37.4% 

(35.3%) 

30.4% 

42.6%

Compound Annual Growth
Rate since 2004 

16.6% 

15.6% 

12.5% 

32.4% 

34.9%

1 The amount disclosed is the closing price of the Company’s shares on the ASX on 31 December of the relevant year.

As can be seen from these results, over the 
past 5 years, the Company has:

•  Increased operating cash flow through tight 

controls over working capital, and

•  Delivered compound annual growth in TSR of 

•  Generated an average annual increase in EPS 

16.6%;

of 9.5%

•  Maintained a strong dividend payout ratio to 

profit earned;

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.2 Earnings

The Group’s record result in 2010, posting 
a 23.1% increase in net profit after tax of 
$151.5 million, and a 8.7% improvement in 
revenue to $1,072.9 million, resulted from 
the growth in cement sales and improved 
prices, together with cost management 
initiatives and improved operating efficiency.

Table 3 sets out the Group’s sales revenue, 
earnings before interest and tax (EBIT), profit 
before tax (PBT) and net profit after tax 
(NPAT) over the past 5 financial years.

Table 3 - Earnings improvement from 2006 to 2010

($ Million) 

Revenue 

EBIT    

Year ending  Year ending  Year ending  Year ending  Year ending
31 Dec 06
31 Dec 08 
31 Dec 10 

31 Dec 09 

31 Dec 07 

1,072.9 

987.2 

1,022.4 

888.4 

216.2 

185.3 

189.1 

171.3 

794.7

148.8

EBIT margin % 

20.2% 

18.8% 

18.5% 

19.3% 

18.7%

Profit before tax (PBT) 

202.2 

168.6 

155.3 

149.6 

Net profit after tax (NPAT) 

151.5 

123.1 

120.8 

113.9 

133.6

102.1

Comparison of growth ABC share price plus dividends to the ASX Small Ords 
Accumulation Index and ASX200 Accumulation Index
1150%

1050%

950%

850%

750%

650%

550%

450%

350%

250%

150%

50%

-50%

1
0

n
a
J

1

1
0

n
u
J

0
3

1
0

c
e
D
1
3

2
0

n
u
J

0
3

2
0

c
e
D
1
3

3
0

n
u
J

0
3

3
0

c
e
D
1
3

4
0

n
u
J

0
3

4
0

c
e
D
1
3

5
0

n
u
J

0
3

5
0

c
e
D
1
3

6
0

n
u
J

0
3

6
0

c
e
D
1
3

7
0

n
u
J

0
3

7
0

c
e
D
1
3

8
0

n
u
J

0
3

8
0

c
e
D
1
3

9
0

n
u
J

0
3

9
0

c
e
D
1
3

0
1

n
u
J

0
3

0
1

c
e
D
1
3

ABC Share 
Price plus 
Dividends

Small Ords 
Accum

ASX200 
Accum

PBT is the key component of the Group’s 
short term incentive arrangements for senior 
executives (set out in section 3.2 below). 
As PBT for the 2010 year increased to 
$202.2 million, management exceeded 
110% of budgeted profit before tax and 
earned all of the Financial Target applicable 
to the short term incentive.

The Group’s committed executive team, who 
have overseen a consistent strategy over the 
5 year period shown in Table 3, have seen 
underlying EBIT increase from $148.8 million 
in 2006 to $216.2 million in 2010 (a 45.3% 
increase) and PBT increase from 
$133.6 million in 2006 to $202.2 million in 
2010 (a 51.3% increase).

The graph below depicts the performance 
of Adelaide Brighton’s share price plus 
dividends, versus the ASX Small Ords 
Accumulation Index (AS38) and the ASX 200 
Materials Accumulation Index (ASX51MATL) 
from 1 January 2001 to 31 December 2010. 
The Adelaide Brighton share price has 
outperformed both indices, reflecting the 
strength of its core markets in the resources 
and construction materials sectors and the 
success of Adelaide Brighton’s strategy.

40

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 3 - Managing Director and 
senior executive remuneration

The following disclosures in relation to the 
remuneration of the Managing Director, Mr 
Mark Chellew, and members of the executive 
team, are provided on the basis that these 
executives (“senior executives”) had the 
authority and responsibility for planning, 
directing and controlling the activities of the 
Company and the Group during the financial 
year. This includes the Managing Director 
and the five most highly remunerated senior 
executives of the Company and the Group 
during the financial year as required under 
section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.

Executives 

Position

Managing Director
M P Chellew 
Senior executives
M Kelly 

M R D Clayton 
M Brydon 
M A Finney 
S B Rogers 
S J Toppenberg 

Managing Director and CEO

Chief Financial Officer and Executive General Manager, Strategy and  
Business Development
General Counsel and Company Secretary
Executive General Manager, Cement and Lime
Executive General Manager, Concrete and Aggregates
Executive General Manager, Concrete Products
Executive General Manager, Human Resources

3.1 Fixed remuneration

The terms of employment for all senior 
executives contain a fixed remuneration 
component. This is expressed as a dollar 
amount that the executive may take in a 
form agreed with the Company.

This amount of remuneration is determined 
in line with the median market rate for 
a comparable role within comparable 
companies. Executive remuneration levels 
were reviewed during 2009 as part of the 
extensive review conducted, separately, 
by two independent consultants instructed 
directly by the Chairman of the Nomination 
and Remuneration Committee, which 
provided independent expert advice directly 
to the Committee for its consideration.

As part of the comprehensive review 
undertaken by the Nomination and 
Remuneration Committee, and considering 
the independent expert advice provided 
by two separate firms of consultants, the 
Managing Director’s fixed remuneration 
was reviewed in 2009 for the 2010 year, 
and set at $1.5 million per annum in order 
to bring it in line with the Group’s policy of 
setting fixed remuneration in line with the 
median market rate. As noted above, in the 
context of the global financial crisis and the 
challenging market conditions, in 2009 the 
Board determined to ‘freeze’ the Managing 
Director’s fixed remuneration for 2010 and 
2011. His fixed remuneration will not be 
reviewed again until November 2011, for the 
2012 year.

3.2 At-risk remuneration - 
Short Term Incentive (STI)

3.2.1 2010 Actual Performance

For 2010, the Group’s actual PBT, as defined 
in section 3.2.2 below, was $202.2 million. 
The Managing Director and senior executives 

satisfied the Financial Component of the 
performance conditions applicable to the 
2010 STI as the Group achieved in excess 
of 110% of budgeted PBT after exceptional, 
abnormal and extraordinary items. Tier 4 
(Stretch) of the STI was reached, resulting 
in a maximum STI opportunity equal to 
80% for senior executives and 100% for the 
Managing Director of fixed remuneration.

In accordance with the 2010 STI scheme 
detailed below, 80% of the maximum STI 
opportunities was payable based on a 
Financial Target in relation to the Group’s 
performance against budget in the 2010 
financial year. The proportion of the 
remaining 20% Functional Targets which was 
determined to be payable was dependent 
on each individual’s success in achieving 
personal targets. The achievement of these 
personal targets by the individuals varied 
between 62% and 98% of the Functional 
Targets.

Specific information relating to the 
percentage of the 2010 and 2009 STI 
which was paid and the percentage that 
was forfeited for the Managing Director 
and senior executives of the Company and 
Group is set out in Table 5.

3.2.2 Summary of STI program

What is the STI and who participates?

The STI program involves linking specific 
annual performance targets (predominantly 
financial) with the opportunity to earn cash 
incentives based on a percentage of fixed 
remuneration.

Participation in the STI is generally offered to 
the Managing Director and senior executives 
who are able to influence the generation of 
shareholder wealth, and thus have a direct 
impact on the Group’s performance against 
the relevant performance hurdles.

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

41

 
 
What is the maximum amount that executives can earn?

If the relevant performance measures are met:

Table 4 - Maximum STI opportunity

% of fixed remuneration

 2010 Group performance against budget 

Managing Director 

Senior executives

Initial Target (Tier 1) 

90% - 99% 

Target (Tier 2) 

100% 

12% 

60% 

10%

50%

Partial Stretch (Tier 3) 

101% - 109% 

64% - 96% 

53% - 77%

Stretch (Tier 4) 

110% or greater 

100% 

80%

The Board also considers the Managing 
Director’s performance against the agreed 
functional targets, and those of the senior 
executives based on the recommendation of 
the Managing Director.

When is performance against criteria 
determined and the cash award paid?

Assessment of performance against the 
performance hurdles for the relevant year 
is determined at the first Board meeting 
subsequent to the balance date, in 
conjunction with finalisation of the Group’s 
full year results (generally in February), and is 
normally paid to the executive by March. 

What happens to the STI award on 
cessation of employment?

In general, where an executive’s employment 
is terminated by the Company (other than for 
cause) during the course of a performance 
year, the executive is entitled to a pro-rata 
STI for that proportion of the current financial 
year elapsed on the termination date. In 
general, where an executive’s employment 
ceases by reason of resignation, any STI 
opportunity lapses.

How is performance against the 
performance conditions assessed?

In assessing the extent to which these 
performance conditions were satisfied, the 
Board reviews the budgeted targets for the 
year, focusing on PBT financial measure, and 
assesses the degree to which the Group met 
these targets. Where applicable, abnormal, 
extraordinary or unanticipated factors, which 
may have affected the Group’s performance 
during the year, are considered and where 
necessary, the Group’s performance is 
adjusted.

Table 5 - STI for the 2010 and 2009 financial years
Managing 
Director 
& senior  
executives 

STI opportunity 
as % of fixed 
remuneration1 

Year 

Actual STI 
as a % of STI 
opportunity1 

M Brydon 

A D Poulter4 

M P Chellew 

M R D Clayton 

2009 
2010 
2009 
2010 
2009 
2010 
2009 
2010 
2009 
2010 
2009 
2010 
S J Toppenberg  2009 
2010 
2009 
2010 

S B Rogers 

M A Finney 

M Kelly 

% 

100.0 
100.0 
80.0 
- 
80.0 
80.0 
80.0 
80.0 
80.0 
80.0 
80.0 
80.0 
80.0 
80.0 
80.0 
80.0 

% 

99.6 
98.8 
96.1 
- 
97.4 
99.6 
99.4 
99.4 
93.6 
94.0 
95.4 
93.5 
98.4 
97.8 
93.4 
92.4 

% of STI
opportunity1
payment not 
achieved2 

% 

0.4 
1.2 
3.9 
- 
2.6 
0.4 
0.6 
0.6 
6.4 
6.0 
4.6 
6.5 
1.6 
2.2 
6.6 
7.6 

Actual STI
payment3

$

1,346,952
1,482,000
389,647 
-
299,836
322,704
503,362
556,640
328,424
338,400
313,523
437,696
270,167
273,840
271,981
310,464

1  STI opportunity for 2010 is based on stretch STI Tier 4 (2009 stretch STI Tier 4).

2  Where the actual STI payment is less than maximum potential, the difference is forfeited and does not become payable in 

subsequent years.

3  2010 STI constitutes a cash bonus granted during 2010; determined in conjunction with the finalisation of 2010 results and 

paid by March 2011.

  2009 STI constitutes a cash bonus granted during 2009; determined in conjunction with the finalisation of 2009 results and 

paid by March 2010.

4  A D Poulter ceased employment effective 1 May 2010.

How are performance criteria set?

The performance criteria are set by the 
Board and agreed with the executive, in 
general, by the end of February in each year.

What were the performance conditions 
applicable under the 2010 STI program?

In 2010, the amount payable to the 
Managing Director and eligible senior 
executives is based on two separate 
performance measures:

(1) 80% is tested on the Group’s 
performance against budget (Financial 
Target); and

(2) 20% is tested on both the Group’s 
performance against its budget and the 
senior executive/Managing Director meeting 
personal targets agreed with the Managing 
Director/Board (Functional Targets).

The cash bonus is, therefore, dependent 
on both the Group’s performance and the 
individual’s performance.

Why were these performance conditions 
chosen?

The key financial measure used is Profit 
Before Tax, which the Board believes is 
an appropriate annual performance target, 
aligned to Group budget.

Profit Before Tax is defined for STI purposes 
as net profit after interest but before income 
tax expense, exceptional, abnormal, 
extraordinary items and the effect of any 
acquisitions made during the financial 
period. A percentage of the executive’s 2010 
STI is also subject to additional personal 
functional performance hurdles appropriate 
to each executive’s role.

42

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In accordance with the requirements of the 
ASX Listing Rules, the Awards granted to 
the Managing Director have been approved 
by shareholders.

Awards have been issued under the Plan 
called the “2007 Award” and the “2010 
Award”.

What are the performance conditions and 
why were they chosen?

Both the 2007 Awards and the 2010 Awards 
are measured against a TSR performance 
condition (as to 50% of each Award) and an 
EPS performance condition (as to the other 
50%).

The Board considers these performance 
conditions to be appropriate because they 
ensure that a proportion of each executive’s 
remuneration is linked to the generation of 
profits (expressed on a per share basis), and 
shareholder value and ensure that executives 
only receive a benefit where there is a 
corresponding direct benefit to shareholders.

In particular, the use of a TSR based hurdle:

•  Ensures alignment between comparative 
shareholder return and reward for the 
executive; and

•  Provides a relative, external market 

performance measure, having regard to 
those companies with which the Group 
competes for capital, customers and talent;

  While an EPS based hurdle:

•  Is a fundamental indicator of financial 

performance, both internally and externally; 
and

•  Links directly to the Group’s long-term 

objectives of maintaining and improving 
earnings.

The use of dual performance measures 
combines a strong external market-
based focus through share price growth 
and dividends (TSR), and a non-market 
based measure aimed at driving improved 
Company results and the creation of 
shareholder wealth (EPS).

Is re-testing permitted

No. No re-testing of either of the 
performance conditions applicable to a 
Tranche of Awards is permitted.

3.3 At-risk remuneration - Long Term 
Incentive (LTI)

3.3.1 Actual Performance – Tranche 2 of 
2007 Awards

Tranche 2 of the 2007 Awards became 
exercisable on 1 May 2010. As detailed 
below, the relevant performance conditions 
for the 2007 Awards are tied to TSR and 
EPS.

The Company’s TSR growth over the 
relevant period (1 January 2007 to 
31 December 2009) was independently 
assessed and determined to have exceeded 
the growth in all three of the relevant indices 
by more than the required premiums. 
Accordingly, the 50% of Tranche 2 that 
was subject to the TSR condition became 
exercisable.

The average annual growth in EPS of the 
Company over the relevant period was 
8.12%, which exceeded the threshold level 
of 7% but did not reach the stretch level of 
11%. Accordingly, applying the applicable 
pro rata rate scale to the 50% of Tranche 
2 that was subject to the EPS condition, 
56.8% of the part of Tranche 2 subject to 
the EPS condition was exercisable.

As a result, 78.4% of Tranche 2 of the 2007 
Awards became exercisable. The 21.6% of 
Tranche 2 of the 2007 Awards which was 
not exercisable lapsed immediately.

A detailed discussion of the Group’s 
performance, set specifically against the 
Group’s earnings and the consequences of 
the Group’s performance on shareholder 
wealth, both in the current financial year and 
the previous four years, is set out on pages 
39 to 40 of this Report.

3.3.2 Summary of Adelaide Brighton Ltd 
Executive Performance Share Plan (“the 
Plan”)

What is the Plan and who participates?

The Group’s LTI arrangements are designed 
to link executive reward with sustainable 
growth in shareholder value.

The Plan provides for grants of Awards to 
eligible executives, each Award being an 
entitlement to a fully paid ordinary share 
in Adelaide Brighton Ltd, subject to the 
satisfaction of performance conditions, on 
terms and conditions determined by the 
Board.

Participation in the Plan is generally offered 
to the Managing Director and executives 
who are able to influence the generation of 
shareholder wealth and thus have a direct 
impact on the Group’s performance against 
the relevant performance hurdles.

What happens to Awards that are not yet 
exercisable on cessation of employment?

If an executive resigns or is terminated for 
cause, the Awards in respect of any tranche 
that is not exercisable will generally be 
forfeited.

The Plan Rules provide that in other 
circumstances that a pro rata number of 
Awards, reflecting the part of the LTI earned 
or accrued up to termination, may become 
exercisable either at the time of termination 
of employment or at the end of the original 
performance period applicable to a tranche.

What other conditions apply to the Awards?

An executive’s entitlement to shares under 
an Award may also be adjusted to take 
account of capital reconstructions and 
bonus issues. In the event of a takeover 
bid (or other transaction likely to result in 
a change in control of the Company), an 
executive will only be allowed to exercise his 
or her Awards to the extent determined by 
the Board as provided in the Plan Rules.

The Awards will lapse if the Board considers 
that the executive has acted fraudulently, 
dishonestly or in breach of their obligations 
to the Company.

The Plan Rules contain a restriction 
on removing the ‘at risk’ aspect of the 
instruments granted to executives. Plan 
Participants may not enter into any 
transaction designed to remove the ‘at risk’ 
aspect of an instrument before it becomes 
exercisable (eg hedging the Awards).

Any shares allocated to the executive 
following exercise of an Award may only 
be dealt with in accordance with the 
Company’s Share Trading Policy and subject 
to the generally applicable insider trading 
prohibitions.

Tranche 3 of 2007 Awards

When does the final tranche of the 2007 
Awards vest?

Tranche 3 of the 2007 Awards are 
exercisable (subject to satisfaction of relevant 
performance conditions) on 
1 May 2011.

Shares are delivered to the executive on 
exercise of the Award. Awards are granted 
at no cost to the executive 
and no amount is payable by the executive 
on exercise of the Award. 
Any unexercised Awards expire on 
30 September 2011.

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

43

How is the TSR performance condition for 
Tranche 3 of the 2007 Awards measured?

The Company’s TSR performance is 
compared with the TSR performance of 
other companies in a comparator group.

The TSR hurdle for Tranche 3 of the 2007 
Awards is that the TSR growth of the 
Company over the period 1 January 2007 to 
31 December 2010 must equal or exceed 
the growth in the returns of at least two 
of the three indices below (expressed as 
a percentage) over the same period plus 
the percentage premium applicable to the 
respective indices:

•  S&P / ASX Small Ordinaries Accumulation 

Index (XSO Al) plus 2% premium.

•  S&P / ASX 200 Materials Accumulation 

Index (XMJ Al) plus 2% premium.

•  S&P / ASX 200 Accumulation Index (XJO Al) 

plus 3% premium.

In assessing whether the TSR performance 
hurdle has been met, the Company 
receives independent data, which provides 
both the Company’s TSR growth over the 
relevant performance period and that of the 
comparator group. 

How is the EPS performance condition for 
Tranche 3 of the 2007 Awards measured?

The EPS performance hurdle applicable 
to Tranche 3 of the 2007 Award measures 
the average annual growth in EPS of the 
Company from 1 January 2007 until 31 
December 2010.

As a threshold before any part of the relevant 
tranche of the Awards subject to the EPS 
hurdle will become exercisable, the average 
annual growth in EPS of the Company (as 
disclosed in the audited accounts of the 
Company and before any write downs and 
capital management initiatives) must equal 
or exceed 7% per annum growth measured 
against the EPS for the Company’s financial 
year ended 31 December 2006 (before 
abnormal or exceptional items, such as 
(without limitation) capitalised interest and 
taxation benefits).

Once the 7% threshold is reached, the 
relevant tranche of Awards subject to the 
EPS hurdle vests in accordance with the 
following scale:

Table 6 - EPS hurdle vesting schedule - 2007 Award

Average Annual Compound Growth in EPS

below 
7% 

7% 

7% to 
9% 

9% 

9% to 
11% 

11%

Percentage of Awards subject to
EPS hurdle which become exercisable  

Nil 

40%  Pro-rata  70%  Pro-rata  100%

  2010 Awards

  The terms of the 2010 Awards were 
considered by shareholders at the 
Company’s 2010 Annual General Meeting.

Date of grant of 2010 Awards

To coincide with the start of the performance 
period, the effective grant date of the 2010 
Awards is 1 January 2010.

Any unexercised 2010 Awards will expire on 
30 September 2014.

Performance period and vesting

The 2010 Awards are divided into 3 tranches 
as follows:

•  Tranche 1: 30% of Award – earliest exercise 

date is 1 May 2012

•  Tranche 2: 30% of Award – earliest exercise 

date is 1 May 2013

•  Tranche 3: 40% of Award – earliest exercise 

date is 1 May 2014

Each tranche is to be tested against the 
performance conditions.

Any 2010 Awards which do not vest at the 
end of the applicable performance period 
will lapse.

Performance hurdles

The 2010 Awards are subject to two 
performance hurdles, which are independent 
and will be tested separately.

Total Shareholder Return (TSR) hurdle

This hurdle requires the Company’s total 
shareholder return between 1 January 2010 
and 31 December of the year preceding the 
earliest exercise date to equal or exceed 
the growth in the median company of the 
S&P/ASX 200 Accumulation Index (excluding 
all GICS Financial companies and selected 
resources companies) over the same period. 
This comparator group differs from that 
applicable to the 2007 Awards to better 
reflect changes in the Company’s market 
capitalisation since the 2007 Awards were 
made.

No 2010 Awards will vest if the Company’s 
TSR performance over the relevant 
performance period is less than the 50th 
percentile. If performance is in the 50th 
percentile, then 50% of 2010 Awards will 
vest. Full vesting will occur at the 75th 
percentile, with pro rata vesting on a straight 
line basis between these points.

Earnings Per Share (EPS) hurdle

The EPS hurdle requires growth in the 
Company’s earnings per share (as disclosed 
in the audited accounts) from 1 January 
2010 to the end of the financial year 
immediately preceding the earliest exercise 
date for the relevant tranche, to equal or 
exceed an external benchmark measure 
(being the Consumer Price Index (CPI) (All 
Cities) plus a percentage premium). The 
Board may adjust the EPS to exclude the 
effects of material business acquisitions or 
divestments and for certain one-off costs.

The target growth rate over the applicable 
performance period for 50% vesting is CPI 
+ 2.5% per annum growth, with full vesting 
occurring where the growth rate equals or 
exceeds CPI + 5% per annum. Again, the 
Awards will vest on a straight line basis 
between these points.

Trading restrictions

Following vesting of an Award, the 2010 
Awards can be exercised at any time prior to 
30 September 2014. The shares allocated 
on exercise of an Award may only be 
disposed of pursuant to an approval under 
the terms of the Company’s share trading 
policy. 

Price payable on grant or exercise of Awards

No amount is payable either on grant of the 
Awards or on exercise of any tranche of 
Awards.

44

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table 7 sets out details of the movement in Awards held by the Managing Director and senior executives during the reporting period.

Table 7 - Movement in Awards during the year

Managing 
Director 
& senior  
executives 

M P Chellew 
A D Poulter5 
M R D Clayton 
M Brydon 
M A Finney 
M Kelly  
S J Toppenberg 
S B Rogers 

Balance at 
31 Dec 2009 

Granted 
2010 
Award1 

Exercised/ 
vested2 
2007 
Award 

Number of 
options lapsed/ 
forfeited 
during 
the year 

Balance at 
31 Dec 2010 

Value of 
Awards at 
grant date 

Value per
share at the
date of 
exercise3 

Value at
lapse date4

$ 

$ 

$

870,000 
200,000 
200,000 
200,000 
200,000 
200,000 
200,000 
200,000 

1,800,000 
- 
300,000 
600,000 
325,000 
500,000 
200,000 
325,000 

341,040 
78,400 
78,400 
78,400 
78,400 
78,400 
78,400 
78,400 

93,960 
121,600 
21,600 
21,600 
21,600 
21,600 
21,600 
21,600 

2,235,000 
- 
400,000 
700,000 
425,000 
600,000 
300,000 
425,000 

2,362,500 
- 
393,750 
787,500 
426,564 
656,250 
262,500 
426,564 

2.9120 
2.9200 
2.9120 
2.8077 
2.7730 
2.8077 
2.9120 
3.1537 

159,732
180,720
36,720
42,768
36,720
36,720
36,720
50,544

Total    

2,270,000 

4,050,000 

889,840 

345,160 

5,085,000 

5,315,628 

- 

580,644

1 The grants made to the Managing Director and the senior executives constituted 97.5% of the grants available for the year. As the Awards only vest on satisfaction of performance conditions which 

are to be tested in future financial periods, none of the Awards set out above vested or were forfeited during the year.

2  All 889,840 Awards which were exercisable were exercised in 2010. The number of Awards vested during the period and exercisable at 31 December 2010 is nil. The number of Awards vested but 

not yet exercisable at 31 December 2010 is nil.

3  The value per share shown at the date of exercise is the Volume Weighted Average Price (VWAP) calculated by the Australian Securities Exchange Limited on the exercise date. 

The aggregate value of Awards that vested during the year is $2,583,556 based on the VWAP values per share.

4  The value at lapse date of options that were granted as part of remuneration and that lapsed during the year because a vesting condition was not satisfied. The value is determined 

at the time of lapsing, but assuming the condition was satisfied.

5  A D Poulter ceased employment effective 1 May 2010.

3.4 Service agreements

The remuneration and other terms of 
employment for the Managing Director 
and senior executives are set out in formal 
Service Agreements. Key details of the 
Service Agreements are summarised in the 
discussion below.

All Service Agreements are for an unlimited 
duration. The agreement may be terminated 
by the executive giving three months notice 
of termination or by the Company on five 
weeks notice (except in cases of termination 
for cause where termination is immediate). 
In the case of resignation, no separation 
payment is made to the executive (only 
amounts due and payable up to the date of 
ceasing employment including accrued leave 
entitlements and unpaid salary).

Where the Company terminates employment 
by giving notice or where the executive is 
able to terminate the agreement following 
a “Fundamental Change”, each of the 
executives reported on in this report is 
entitled to a separation payment which is 
equivalent to 12 months total remuneration 
on termination and, if applicable, any 

amounts payable pursuant to the Company’s 
redundancy policy. A Fundamental 
Change includes circumstances where 
there has been a substantial diminution of 
responsibility, a material reduction in status 
or a relocation of the relevant position.

On termination of employment for any 
reason, the Managing Director and other 
senior executives are prohibited from 
engaging in any activity that would compete 
with the Group for a period of up to 6 
months in order to protect the Group’s 
business interests. During the period of the 
restraint the executive will be paid a monthly 
amount equivalent to the executive’s monthly 
fixed remuneration at the time of termination.

Under an arrangement entered into some 
time ago, M Brydon is also entitled to 
an ex-gratia payment of $10,000 upon 
termination, as well as payment of accrued 
sick leave.

Each of the Service Agreements of current 
key management personnel other than 
M Kelly was entered into prior to the 
amendments to the Corporations Act 
2001 regarding the payment of benefits on 

termination coming into effect on 
24 November 2009. In accordance with the 
Government’s intentions, entitlements under 
the pre-existing contracts are not subject 
to the new limits on termination payments 
under those amendments.

M Kelly was appointed Chief Financial Officer 
on 8 February 2010 following the resignation 
of A D Poulter. M Kelly’s Service Agreement 
for the internal promotion to this position 
was entered into during 2010 and while it 
provides for notice periods in accordance 
with those which apply for the other 
executives, noting that the new termination 
payment provisions of the Corporations Act 
apply to M Kelly, the separation payment 
to be made to him will not exceed 1 x 
Base Salary (as that term is defined in the 
Corporations Act). In the event M Kelly 
resigns, the Company may also prohibit 
him from engaging in any activity that would 
compete with the Group for a period of up 
to 6 months in order to protect the Group’s 
business interests. During the period of the 
restraint the executive will be paid a monthly 
amount equivalent to the executive’s monthly 
fixed remuneration at the time of termination.

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

45

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
3.5 Remuneration paid

Details of the remuneration paid to the Managing Director and key management personnel of the Company and the Group, which includes the five 
senior executives who received the highest remuneration during the 2010 and 2009 financial years are set out in Table 8 below.

Table 8 – Remuneration for the 2010 and 2009 financial years

Short-term benefits 

Fixed 
salary 

$ 

1,337,897 
1,485,170 
492,722 
181,846 
370,697 
390,170 
618,897 
685,170 
407,893 
424,800 
381,340 
520,417 
316,531 
325,000 
336,473 
395,000 

4,262,450 
4,407,573 

STI 

$ 

1,346,592 
1,482,000 
389,647 
- 
299,836 
322,704 
503,362 
556,640 
328,424 
338,400 
313,523 
437,696 
270,167 
273,840 
271,981 
310,464 

3,723,532 
3,721,744 

Post- 
employment 
benefits 

Super- 
annuation  
contributions  

Share 
based 
payments1 

Total

Termination 
benefits 

 Long term
incentive

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

%2

14,103 
14,830 
14,103 
4,820 
14,103 
14,830 
14,103 
14,830 
30,707 
25,200 
29,460 
25,000 
26,669 
25,000 
27,527 
25,000 

170,775 
149,510 

- 
- 
- 
146,5064 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
146,506 

265,455 
445,275 
49,943 
(72,131 ) 
49,943 
70,650 
63,834 
123,366 
49,943 
74,237 
49,943 
99,344 
49,943 
56,303 
83,423 
138,741 

662,427 
935,785 

9
13
5
(28 )
7
9
5
9
6
9
6
9
8
8
12
16

2,964,047 
3,427,275 
946,415 
261,041 
734,579 
798,354 
1,200,196 
1,380,006 
816,967 
862,637 
774,266 
1,082,457 
663,310 
680,143 
719,404 
869,205 

8,819,184
9,361,118

M P Chellew 

A D Poulter3  

M R D Clayton  

M Brydon  

M A Finney  

M Kelly 

S J Toppenberg 

S B Rogers 

Total for the 
Company and Group 

Year 

2009 
2010 
2009 
2010 
2009 
2010 
2009 
2010 
2009 
2010 
2009 
2010 
2009 
2010 
2009 
2010 

2009 
2010 

1  In accordance with the requirements of the Accounting Standards, remuneration includes a proportion of the notional value of equity compensation granted or outstanding during the year. 

The notional value of equity instruments which do not vest during the reporting period is determined as at the grant date and is progressively allocated over the vesting period. The amount included 

as remuneration is not related to or indicative of the benefit (if any) that individual executives may ultimately realise should the equity instruments vest. 

The notional value of Awards as at the date of their grant has been determined in accordance with the accounting policy note 1(v)(iv).

2  % of remuneration for the financial year which consists of Awards issued under the Adelaide Brighton Limited Executive Performance Share Plan.

3  A D Poulter ceased employment effective 1 May 2010.

4  Termination benefits paid to A D Poulter consisted of annual and long service leave entitlements which had not been taken.

Section 4 - Non-executive Directors’ 
remuneration

4.1 Board policy on remuneration

The remuneration of non-executive 
Directors is determined by the Board on 
the recommendation of its Nomination 
and Remuneration Committee within the 
maximum aggregate amount approved by 
shareholders. The remuneration of the non-
executive Directors consists of Directors’ 
fees, committee fees and superannuation 
contributions. This remuneration is not linked 
to the performance of the Group in order to 
maintain the independence and impartiality 
of the non-executive Directors.

In setting fee levels, the Nomination and 
Remuneration Committee, which makes 
recommendations to the Board, takes into 
account:

•  Independent professional advice;

•  Fees paid by comparable companies;

•  The general time commitment and 

responsibilities involved;

•  The risks associated with discharging the 
duties attached to the role of Director; and

•  The level of remuneration necessary to 
attract and retain Directors of a suitable 
calibre.

Table 9 - Non-executive Directors’ fees 

Fee applicable for 20101 

Board 
Audit, Risk and Compliance Committee 
Nomination and Remuneration Committee 
Safety, Health and Environment Committee 
Corporate Governance Committee 

A maximum aggregate amount of 
$1,100,000 per annum was approved at the 
2010 Annual General Meeting.

Details of the membership of the Nomination 
and Remuneration Committee and its 
responsibilities are set out on pages 25 – 27 
of the Corporate Governance Statement.

Fees payable to non-executive Directors are 
set out in Table 9.

Chairman 
$ 

320,000 2 
22,500 
22,500 
10,000 
7,500 

Member
$

95,000
12,500
10,000
7,500
5,000

•  The Group’s existing remuneration policies;

1  At present, there are no fees payable for the Independent Directors’ Committee.

2  The Chairman receives no additional fees for Committee work.

46

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-executive Directors’ fees are inclusive 
of contributions to superannuation. No 
superannuation contributions were made for 
M A Kinnaird. Consistent with best practice, 
the Group does not pay non-executive 
Director retirement benefits other than 
superannuation contributions.

In accordance with rule 7.3(f) of the 
Company’s constitution, Directors are also 
permitted to be paid additional fees for 
special duties or exertions. Such fees may 
or may not be included in the aggregate 
amount approved by shareholders, as 
determined by the Directors. No such fees 
were paid during the year.

Directors are also entitled to be reimbursed 
for all business related expenses, including 
travel, as may be incurred in the discharge 
of their duties.

4.2 Remuneration

Details of non-executive Directors’ 
remuneration for the years ended 
31 December 2010 and 31 December 2009 
are set out in Table 10. All values are in A$ 
unless otherwise stated.

Table 10 - Non-executive Directors’ remuneration for the 2010 and 2009 financial years

Fees and allowances 

  Post-employment 
benefits 

Year 

Directors’ 
fees 

Committee 
fees 

Superannuation
contributions1 

M A Kinnaird2 

C L Harris (Chairman) 

L V Hosking 

G F Pettigrew 

R D Barro 

K B Scott- 
  Mackenzie3 

Total 

$ 

309,000 
123,175 
84,439 
228,571 
84,439 
86,450 
84,439 
86,450 
84,439 
86,537 
- 
37,966 

646,756 
649,149 

2009 
2010 
2009 
2010 
2009 
2010 
2009 
2010 
2009 
2010 
2009 
2010 

2009 
2010 

$ 

- 
- 
37,379 
- 
34,016 
38,117 
24,652 
34,654 
6,111 
7,500 
- 
- 

102,158 
80,271 

$ 

- 
- 
12,182 
22,273 
11,845 
12,457 
10,909 
11,069 
8,150 
8,463 
- 
3,420 

43,086 
57,682 

Total

$

309,000
123,175
134,000
250,844
130,300
137,024
120,000
132,173
98,700
102,500
-
41,386

792,000
787,102

1  Superannuation contributions are made on behalf of non-executive Directors to satisfy the Group’s obligations under applicable 

Superannuation Guarantee Charge legislation.

2  M A Kinnaird retired on 19 May 2010.

3  K B Scott-Mackenzie appointed as a Director effective 26 July 2010.

Former Non-executive Director

J D McNerney1 

2009 

27,671 

3,090 

- 

30,761

1  J D McNerney resigned as a Director effective 21 May 2009, therefore remuneration details are shown for comparative 

purposes only.

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

47

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income statement

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

($ Million) 

Revenue from continuing operations 
Cost of sales 
Freight and distribution costs 

Gross profit 
Other income 
Marketing costs 
Administration costs 
Finance costs 
Share of net profits of joint ventures accounted for using the equity method 

Profit before income tax 
Income tax expense 

Profit for the year 

 Profit attributable to:
Owners of the Company 
Non-controlling interests 

Earnings per share for profit from continuing operations attributable to the 
ordinary equity holders of the Company:
Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

Notes 

3 

3 

4 
11(c) 

5(a) 

36 
36 

Consolidated

2010 

1,072.9 
(667.4) 
(143.7) 

261.8 
8.5 
(25.4) 
(58.5) 
(16.3) 
32.1 

202.2 
(50.8) 

151.4 

151.5 
(0.1) 

151.4 

Cents 

23.9 
23.7 

2009

987.2
(635.0)
(136.9)

215.3
24.1
(25.1)
(55.0)
(18.3)
27.6

168.6
(45.4)

123.2

123.1
0.1

123.2

Cents

20.4
20.3

48

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
THE INCOME STATEMENT SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SET OUT ON PAGES 53 TO 93.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statement of comprehensive income

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

($ Million) 

Profit for the year 
Other comprehensive income
Actuarial (losses)/gains on retirement benefit obligation 
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations 
Income tax relating to components of other comprehensive income 

Other comprehensive income for year, net of tax 

Total comprehensive income for the year 

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to:
Owners of the Company 
Non-controlling interests 

Total comprehensive income for the year 

Notes 

22(d) 

5(c) 

Consolidated

2010 

151.4 

(2.7) 
- 
0.8 

(1.9) 

2009

123.2

5.8
(0.1)
(1.8)

3.9

149.5 

127.1

149.6 
(0.1) 

149.5 

127.0
0.1

127.1

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
THE ABOVE STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SET OUT ON PAGES 53 TO 93.

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance sheet

As at 31 December 2010 

($ Million) 

Current assets
 Cash and cash equivalents 
 Trade and other receivables 
 Inventories 

 Assets classified as held for sale 

Total current assets 

Non-current assets
 Receivables 
 Investments accounted for using the equity method 
 Property, plant and equipment 
 Intangible assets 

Total non-current assets 

Total assets 

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables 
 Borrowings 
 Current tax liabilities 
 Provisions 
 Other liabilities 

Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities
Borrowings 
 Deferred tax liabilities 
 Provisions 
 Retirement benefit obligations 
 Other non-current liabilities 

Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Equity
 Contributed equity 
 Reserves 
 Retained earnings 

 Capital and reserves attributable to owners of the Company 
 Non-controlling interests 

Total equity 

Consolidated

Notes 

2010 

2009

6 
7 
8 

9 

10 
11 
12 
14 

15 
16 

17 
18 

19 
20 
21 
22(b) 

23 
24 
24(c) 

2.8 
153.3 
117.8 

273.9 
0.2 

274.1 

30.4 
87.7 
760.6 
179.1 

25.5
162.8
107.8

296.1
12.7

308.8

30.4
72.5
774.3
169.0

1,057.8 

1,331.9 

1,046.2

1,355.0

105.4 
1.0 
27.1 
21.6 
3.9 

159.0 

150.2 
51.5 
32.6 
4.2 
0.1 

238.6 

397.6 

934.3 

692.7 
2.6 
236.0 

931.3 
3.0 

934.3 

106.1
0.4
16.7
24.4
14.3

161.9

200.5
59.8
29.9
5.8
0.1

296.1

458.0

897.0

690.4
2.9
200.6

893.9
3.1

897.0

50

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
THE ABOVE BALANCE SHEET SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SET OUT ON PAGES 53 TO 93.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statement of changes in equity

As at 31 December 2010 

Attributable to owners of Adelaide Brighton Ltd

Consolidated 
($ Million) 

Contributed 
equity 

Reserves 

Retained 
earnings 

  Non-controlling 
interests 

Total 

Balance at 1 January 2010 

690.4 

2.9 

200.6 

893.9 

3.1 

Total
equity

897.0

- 

149.6 

149.6 

(0.1 ) 

149.5

Total comprehensive income 
for the year 

Transactions with owners in their 
capacity as owners:
Dividends provided for or paid 
Executive performance share plan 

Balance at 31 December 2010 

Balance at 1 January 2009 

Total comprehensive income 
for the year 

Transactions with owners 
in their capacity as owners:
Contributions of equity, 
net of transaction costs 
Dividends provided for or paid 
Dividend reinvestment plan 
Executive performance share plan 

Balance at 31 December 2009 

- 

- 
2.3 

2.3 

692.7 

540.4 

- 
(0.3 ) 

(0.3 ) 

2.6 

3.5 

(114.2 ) 
- 

(114.2 ) 

236.0 

155.0 

(114.2 ) 
2.0 

(112.2 ) 

931.3 

698.9 

- 

(0.1 ) 

127.1 

127.0 

111.0 
- 
35.9 
3.1 

150.0 

690.4 

- 
- 
- 
(0.5 ) 

(0.5 ) 

2.9 

- 
(81.5 ) 
- 
- 

(81.5 ) 

200.6 

111.0 
(81.5 ) 
35.9 
2.6 

68.0 

893.9 

- 
- 

- 

3.0 

3.0 

0.1 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

3.1 

(114.2 )
2.0

(112.2 )

934.3

701.9

127.1

111.0
(81.5 )
35.9
2.6

68.0

897.0

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
THE ABOVE STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SET OUT ON PAGES 53 TO 93.

51

 
 
  
 
  
Statement of cash flows

For the year ended 31 December 2010 

($ Million) 

Consolidated

Notes 

2010 

2009

Cash flows from operating activities
Receipts from customers (inclusive of goods and services tax) 
 Payments to suppliers and employees (inclusive of goods and services tax) 
 Distributions received 
 Interest received 
 Other income 
 Interest paid 
 Income taxes paid 

1,187.7 
(964.4) 
16.9 
2.2 
7.0 
(13.4) 
(47.5) 

1,074.0
(877.3)
22.7
1.6
13.8
(15.8)
(30.9)

Net cash inflow from operating activities 

35 

188.5 

188.1

Cash flows from investing activities
Payments for property, plant and equipment 
 Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 
 Loans to joint venture entities 

Net cash (outflow) from investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from issue of shares 
 Share issue transaction costs 
 Repayment of borrowings 
 Dividends paid to Company’s shareholders 

Net cash (outflow) from financing activities 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the financial year 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year 

(51.7) 
4.5 
(0.1) 

(47.3) 

- 
- 
(50.5) 
(114.2) 

(164.7) 

(23.5) 
25.5 

2.0 

(43.1)
4.1
(2.1)

(41.1)

113.5
(2.5)
(210.0)
(45.6)

(144.6)

2.4
23.1

25.5

25 

6 

6 

52

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
THE STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SET OUT ON PAGES 53 TO 93.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements

  1 Summary of significant accounting 

  (b) Principles of consolidation

(ii) Employee Share Trust

policies

 Adelaide Brighton Ltd (the Company) is a 
Company limited by shares, incorporated 
and domiciled in Australia whose shares are 
publicly traded on the Australian Securities 
Exchange.

 The financial report was authorised for issue 
by the Directors on 3 March 2011.

 The principal accounting policies adopted 
in the preparation of these consolidated 
financial statements are set out below.

 These policies have been consistently 
applied to all the years presented, unless 
otherwise stated. The financial statements 
are for the consolidated entity consisting of 
Adelaide Brighton Ltd and its subsidiaries.

  (a) Basis of preparation

 This general purpose financial report has 
been prepared in accordance with Australian 
Accounting Standards, other authoritative 
pronouncements of the Australian 
Accounting Standards Board, Urgent Issues 
Group Interpretations and the Corporations 
Act 2001.

 Historical cost convention
These financial statements have been 
prepared under the historical cost 
convention, except for the circumstances 
when fair value method has been applied as 
detailed in the accounting policies below.

 Compliance with IFRS
The consolidated financial statements of 
Adelaide Brighton Limited also comply with 
International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRS) as issued by the International 
Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

(i) Subsidiaries

The consolidated financial statements 
incorporate the assets and liabilities of all 
entities controlled by Adelaide Brighton Ltd 
as at 31 December 2010 and the results of 
all controlled entities for the year then ended. 
The Company and its controlled entities 
together are referred to in this financial report 
as “the Group”.

The Group has formed a trust to 
administer the Group’s employee share 
scheme. The company that acts as the 
Trustee is consolidated as the company 
is controlled by the Group. The Adelaide 
Brighton employee share plan trust is not 
consolidated as it is not controlled by the 
Group.

  (iii) Joint venture entities

The interest in joint ventures is accounted 
for in the consolidated financial statements 
using the equity method and is carried at 
cost by the parent entity. Under the equity 
method, the share of the profits or losses of 
the joint venture is recognised in the income 
statement, and the share of post-acquisition 
movements in reserves is recognised in 
other comprehensive income. Profits or 
losses on transactions establishing the joint 
ventures and transactions with the joint 
venture are eliminated to the extent of the 
Group’s ownership interest until such time 
as they are realised by the joint ventures on 
consumption or sale, unless they relate to an 
unrealised loss that provides evidence of the 
impairment of an asset transferred.

  (iv) Non-controlling interests

Non-controlling interests in the results and 
equity of subsidiaries are shown separately 
in the consolidated income statement and 
balance sheet respectively. The Group 
applies a policy of treating transactions with 
non-controlling interests as transactions with 
equity owners of the Group. For purchases 
from non-controlling interests, the difference 
between any consideration paid and the 
relevant share acquired of the carrying value 
of net assets of the subsidiary is deducted 
from equity. The Group treats transactions 
with non-controlling interests that do not 
result in a loss of control as transactions with 
equity owners of the Group.

 Subsidiaries are all those entities over which 
the Group has the power to govern the 
financial and operating policies, generally 
accompanying a shareholding of more than 
one-half of the voting rights. The existence 
and effect of potential voting rights that 
are currently exercisable or convertible are 
considered when assessing whether the 
Group controls another entity.

 Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the 
date on which control is transferred to the 
Group. They are de-consolidated from the 
date that control ceases. The acquisition 
method of accounting is used to account for 
business combinations by the Group (refer 
to note 1(h)).

 Intercompany transactions, balances 
and unrealised gains on transactions 
between Group companies are eliminated. 
Unrealised losses are also eliminated 
unless the transaction provides evidence 
of the impairment of the asset transferred. 
Accounting policies of subsidiaries have 
been changed where necessary to ensure 
consistency with the policies adopted by the 
Group.

 Investments in subsidiaries are accounted 
for at cost in the individual financial 
statements of Adelaide Brighton Ltd. Such 
investments include both investments in 
shares issued by the subsidiary and other 
parent entity interests that in substance 
form part of the parent entity’s investment 
in the subsidiary. These include investments 
in the form of interest-free loans which 
have no fixed repayment terms and which 
have been provided to subsidiaries as an 
additional source of long term capital. Trade 
amounts receivable from subsidiaries in 
the normal course of business and other 
amounts advanced on commercial terms 
and conditions are included in receivables.

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  (c) Segment reporting

  (iii) Group companies

(ii) Deferred income

 Operating segments are reported in a 
manner consistent with the internal reporting 
provided to the chief operating decision 
maker. The chief operating decision maker, 
who is responsible for allocating resources 
and assessing performance of the operating 
segments, has been identified as the 
Managing Director.

 Change in accounting policy
The Group has adopted AASB 8 Operating 
Segments from 1 January 2009. AASB 8 
replaces AASB 114 Segment Reporting. 
The new standard requires a ‘management 
approach’, under which segment information 
is presented on the same basis as that 
used for internal reporting purposes. This 
has resulted in a change to the reportable 
segments presented. In addition, the 
segments are reported in a manner that 
is consistent with the internal reporting 
provided to the chief operating decision 
maker. There has been no other impact on 
the measurement of the Company’s assets 
and liabilities.

  (d) Foreign currency translation

(i) Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of 
each of the Group’s entities are measured 
using the currency of the primary economic 
environment in which the entity operates 
(‘the functional currency’). The consolidated 
financial statements are presented in 
Australian dollars, which is Adelaide Brighton 
Ltd’s functional and presentation currency.

(ii) Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated 
into the functional currency using the 
exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the 
transactions. Foreign exchange gains and 
losses resulting from the settlement of such 
transactions and from the translation at year 
end exchange rates of monetary assets and 
liabilities denominated in foreign currencies 
are recognised in the income statement.

The results and financial position of all 
the Group entities that have a functional 
currency different from the presentation 
currency are translated into the presentation 
currency as follows:

  • Assets and liabilities for each balance sheet 
presented are translated at the closing rate 
at the date of that balance sheet;

  • Income and expenses for each income 

statement and statement of comprehensive 
income are translated at average exchange 
rates (unless this is not a reasonable 
approximation of the cumulative effect of 
the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, 
in which case income and expenses are 
translated at the dates of the transactions); 
and

  • All resulting exchange differences are 

recognised in other comprehensive income.

 On consolidation, exchange differences 
arising from the translation of any net 
investment in foreign entities, and of 
borrowings and other financial instruments 
designated as hedges of such investments, 
are recognised in other comprehensive 
income. When a foreign operation is sold 
or any borrowings forming part of the net 
investment are repaid, a proportionate share 
of such exchange differences is reclassified 
to profit or loss, as part of the gain or loss 
on sale where applicable.

  (e) Revenue recognition

 Revenue is measured at the fair value 
of consideration received or receivable. 
Amounts disclosed as revenue are net of 
returns, trade allowances and duties and 
taxes paid. Revenue is recognised for the 
major business activities as follows:

(i) Sales revenue

Revenue from the sale of goods is measured 
at the fair value of the consideration 
received or receivable, net of returns, trade 
discounts and volume rebates. Revenue 
is recognised when the significant risks 
and rewards of ownership have been 
transferred to the buyer, recovery of the 
consideration is considered probable, the 
associated costs and possible return of 
goods can be estimated reliably, there is no 
continuing management involvement with 
the goods and the amount of revenue can 
be measured reliably. Sales of services are 
recognised in the accounting period in which 
the services are rendered.

Income received in advance in relation to 
contracts is deferred in the balance sheet 
and recognised as income on a straight-line 
basis over the period of the contract.

  (iii) Interest income

Interest income is recognised using the 
effective interest rate method.

  (iv) Dividends

Dividends are recognised as revenue when 
the right to receive payment is established.

(f) Income Tax

 The income tax expense or revenue 
for the period is the tax payable on the 
current period’s taxable income based on 
the applicable income tax rate for each 
jurisdiction adjusted by changes in deferred 
tax assets and liabilities attributable to 
temporary differences between the tax bases 
of assets and liabilities and their carrying 
amounts in the financial statements, and to 
unused tax losses.

 Deferred tax assets and liabilities are 
recognised for temporary differences at 
the tax rates expected to apply when 
the assets are recovered or liabilities are 
settled, based on those tax rates which 
are enacted or substantively enacted for 
each jurisdiction. The relevant tax rates 
are applied to the cumulative amounts of 
deductible and taxable temporary differences 
to measure the deferred tax asset or 
liability. An exception is made for certain 
temporary differences arising from the initial 
recognition of an asset or a liability. No 
deferred tax asset or liability is recognised 
in relation to these temporary differences 
if they arose in a transaction, other than a 
business combination, that at the time of the 
transaction did not affect either accounting 
profit or taxable profit or loss.

 Deferred tax assets are recognised for 
deductible temporary differences and 
unused tax losses only if it is probable that 
future taxable amounts will be available 
to utilise those temporary differences and 
losses. Deferred tax liabilities and assets are 
not recognised for temporary differences 
between the carrying amount and tax bases 
of investments in controlled entities where 
the parent entity is able to control the timing 
of the reversal of the temporary differences 
and it is probable that the differences will not 
reverse in the foreseeable future.

54

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset 
when there is a legally enforceable right to 
offset current tax assets and liabilities and 
when the deferred tax balances relate to the 
same taxation authority. Current tax assets 
and tax liabilities are offset where the entity 
has a legally enforceable right to offset and 
intends either to settle on a net basis, or 
to realise the asset and settle the liability 
simultaneously.

 Current and deferred tax is recognised in 
profit and loss, except to the extent it relates 
to items recognised in other comprehensive 
income or directly in equity. In this 
case, the tax is also recognised in other 
comprehensive income or directly in equity, 
respectively.

 Tax consolidations
Adelaide Brighton Ltd and its wholly owned 
Australian subsidiaries implemented the tax
consolidation legislation as of 1 January 2004. 
Adelaide Brighton Ltd, as the head entity 
in the tax consolidated group, recognises 
current tax liabilities and tax losses (subject 
to meeting the “probable test”) relating to all 
transactions, events and balances of the tax 
consolidated group as if those transactions, 
events and balances were its own.

 The entities in the tax consolidated group are 
part of a tax sharing agreement which, in the 
opinion of the Directors, limits the joint and 
several liability of the wholly-owned entities 
in the case of default by the head entity, 
Adelaide Brighton Ltd. Amounts receivable 
or payable under an accounting tax sharing 
agreement with the tax consolidated entities 
are recognised separately as tax-related 
amounts receivable or payable. Expenses 
and revenues arising under the tax sharing 
agreement are recognised as a component 
of income tax expense.

 The wholly-owned entities fully compensate 
Adelaide Brighton Ltd for any current tax 
payable assumed and are compensated by 
Adelaide Brighton Ltd for any current tax 
receivable and deferred tax assets relating 
to unused tax losses or unused tax credits 
that are transferred to Adelaide Brighton 
Ltd under the tax consolidation legislation. 
The funding amounts are determined by 
reference to the amounts recognised in the 
wholly-owned entities’ financial statements.

 Individual tax consolidated entities recognise 
tax expenses and revenues and current and 
deferred tax balances in relation to their own 
taxable income, temporary differences and 
tax losses using the separate taxpayer within 
the group method. Entities calculate their 
current and deferred tax balances on the 
basis that they are subject to tax as part of 
the tax consolidated group.

 Deferred tax balances relating to assets that 
had their tax values reset on joining the tax 
consolidated group have been remeasured 
based on the carrying amount of those 
assets in the tax consolidated group and 
their reset tax values. The adjustment to 
these deferred tax balances is recognised in 
the consolidated financial statements against 
income tax expense.

  (g) Leases

 Leases of property, plant and equipment 
where the Group, as lessee, has substantially 
all the risks and rewards of ownership are 
classified as finance leases. Finance leases 
are capitalised at the lease’s inception at the 
lower of the fair value of the leased property 
and the present value of the minimum 
lease payments. The corresponding rental 
obligations, net of finance charges, are 
included in borrowings. Each lease payment 
is allocated between the liability and finance 
charges so as to achieve a constant rate 
on the finance balance outstanding. The 
property, plant and equipment acquired 
under finance leases is depreciated over the 
asset’s useful life or over the shorter of the 
asset’s useful life and the lease term if there 
is no reasonable certainty that the Group 
will obtain ownership at the end of the lease 
term.

 The interest element of the finance cost is 
charged to the income statement over the 
lease period so as to produce a constant 
periodic rate of interest on the remaining 
balance of the liability for each period.

 Leases in which a significant portion of the 
risks and rewards of ownership are retained 
by the lessor are classified as operating 
leases. Payments made under operating 
leases (net of any incentives received from 
the lessor) are charged to the income 
statement on a straightline basis over the 
period of the lease.

  (h) Business combinations

 The acquisition method of accounting 
is used to account for all business 
combinations, including business 
combinations involving equities or 
businesses under common control, 
regardless of whether equity instruments or 
other assets are acquired. The consideration 
transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary 
comprises the fair values of the assets 
transferred, the liabilities incurred and the 
equity interests issued by the Group. The 
consideration transferred also includes the 
fair value of any contingent consideration 
arrangement and the fair value of any pre-
existing equity interest in the subsidiary. 
Acquisition-related costs are expensed as 
incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and 
liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed 
in a business combination are, with limited 
exceptions, measured initially at their 
fair values at the acquisition date. On an 
acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group 
recognises any non-controlling interest in the 
acquiree either at fair value or at the non-
controlling interest’s proportionate share of 
the acquiree’s net identifiable assets.

 The excess of the consideration transferred, 
the amount of any non-controlling interest 
in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair 
value of any previous equity interest in the 
acquiree over the fair value of the Group’s 
share of the net identifiable assets acquired 
is recorded as goodwill. If those amounts 
are less than the fair value of the net 
identifiable assets of the subsidiary acquired 
and the measurement of all amounts has 
been reviewed, the difference is recognised 
directly in profit or loss as a bargain 
purchase.

 Where settlement of any part of cash 
consideration is deferred, the amounts 
payable in the future are discounted to their 
present value as at the date of exchange. 
The discount rate used is the entity’s 
incremental borrowing rate, being the rate at 
which a similar borrowing could be obtained 
from an independent financier under 
comparable terms and conditions.

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(i) Impairment of assets

 Goodwill and intangible assets that have 
an indefinite useful life are not subject to 
amortisation and are tested annually for 
impairment or more frequently if events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that they 
might be impaired. Other assets are tested 
for impairment whenever events or changes 
in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
amount may not be recoverable.

 An impairment loss is recognised for the 
amount by which the asset’s carrying 
amount exceeds its recoverable amount. 
The recoverable amount is the higher 
of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell 
and value in use. For the purposes of 
assessing impairment, assets are grouped 
at the lowest levels for which there are 
separately identifiable cash flows which 
are largely independent of the cash flows 
from other assets or groups of assets (cash 
generating units). Non-financial assets other 
than goodwill that suffered an impairment 
are reviewed for possible reversal of the 
impairment at each reporting date.

(j) Cash and cash equivalents

 For the purpose of presentation in the 
statements of cash flows, cash and cash 
equivalents includes cash on hand, deposits 
held at call with financial institutions, other 
short-term, highly liquid investments with 
original maturities of three months or 
less that are readily convertible to known 
amounts of cash and which are subject to 
an insignificant risk of changes in value and 
bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown 
within borrowings in current liabilities on the 
balance sheet.

  (k) Trade receivables

 Trade receivables are recognised initially at 
fair value and subsequently measured at 
amortised cost, less provision for doubtful 
receivables. Trade receivables are due for 
settlement no more than 30 to 45 days from 
the end of the month of invoice.

 The collectibility of trade receivables 
is reviewed regularly. Debts which are 
known to be uncollectible are written off 
by reducing the carrying amount directly. 
A provision for doubtful receivables is 
established when there is objective evidence 
that the Group will not be able to collect 
all amounts due according to the original 
terms of receivables. Significant financial 
difficulties of the debtor, probability that the 
debtor will enter bankruptcy or financial 
reorganisation, and default or delinquency 
in payments are considered indicators 
that the trade receivable is impaired. The 
amount of the provision is the difference 
between the asset’s carrying amount and 
the present value of estimated future cash 
flows, discounted at the effective interest 
rate. Cash flows relating to short term 
receivables are not discounted if the effect of 
discounting is immaterial.

 The amount of the provision is recognised 
in the income statement. When a trade 
receivable for which a provision for doubtful 
receivables has been recognised becomes 
uncollectible in a subsequent period, it is 
written off against the provision account. 
Subsequent recoveries of amounts 
previously written off are credited against 
expenses in the income statement.

  (m) Financial assets

 The Group classifies its financial assets in the 
following categories: loans and receivables, 
and financial assets at fair value through 
profit or loss. The classification depends on 
the purpose for which the financial assets 
were acquired. Management determines the 
classification of its financial assets at initial 
recognition.

(i) Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are non-derivative 
financial assets with fixed or determinable 
payments that are not quoted in an active 
market. They are included in current assets, 
except for those with maturities greater than 
12 months after the balance sheet date, 
which are classified as non-current assets. 
Loans and receivables are included in trade 
and other receivables in the balance sheet.

(ii) Financial assets at fair value through profit or 

loss
Financial assets at fair value through profit or 
loss are financial assets held for trading. A 
financial asset is classified in this category if 
acquired principally for the purpose of selling 
in the short term. Derivatives are classified as 
held for trading unless they are designated 
as hedges. Assets in this category are 
classified as current assets.

(l) Inventories

  (n) Derivatives

 Raw materials and stores, work in progress 
and finished goods are stated at the lower 
of cost and net realisable value. Cost 
comprises direct materials, direct labour and 
an appropriate proportion of variable and 
fixed overhead expenditure, the latter being 
allocated on the basis of normal operating 
capacity. Costs are assigned to individual 
items of inventory on the basis of weighted 
average costs.

 Net realisable value is the estimated selling 
price in the ordinary course of business less 
the estimated costs of completion and the 
estimated costs necessary to make the sale.

 Derivatives are initially recognised at fair 
value on the date a derivative contract 
is entered into and are subsequently 
remeasured to their fair value at each 
reporting date. Derivative instruments 
entered into by the Group do not qualify for 
hedge accounting. Changes in the fair value 
of any derivative instrument that does not 
qualify for hedge accounting are recognised 
immediately in the income statement and are 
included in other income or finance expense.

56

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  (o) Non-current assets (or disposal groups) 

(i) Mineral reserves

held for sale

 Non-current assets (or disposal groups) are 
classified as held for sale and stated at the 
lower of their carrying amount and fair value 
less costs to sell if their carrying amount 
will be recovered principally through a sale 
transaction rather than through continuing 
use and a sale is considered highly probable.

 An impairment loss is recognised for any 
initial or subsequent write down of the asset 
(or disposal group) to fair value less costs to 
sell. A gain is recognised for any subsequent 
increases in fair value less costs to sell of an 
asset (or disposal group), but not in excess 
of any cumulative impairment loss previously 
recognised. A gain or loss not previously 
recognised by the date of the sale of the 
non-current asset (or disposal group) is 
recognised at the date of de-recognition.

 Non-current assets (including those that are 
part of a disposal group) are not depreciated 
or amortised while they are classified as 
held for sale. Interest and other expenses 
attributable to the liabilities of a disposal 
group classified as held for sale continue to 
be recognised.

 Non-current assets classified as held for sale 
and the assets of a disposal group classified 
as held for sale are presented separately 
from the other assets in the balance sheet. 
The liabilities of a disposal group classified 
as held for sale are presented separately 
from other liabilities in the balance sheet.

  (p) Property, plant and equipment

 Property, plant and equipment are shown at 
historical cost less accumulated depreciation 
and accumulated impairment losses. 
Cost includes expenditure that is directly 
attributable to the acquisition of the assets.

 Subsequent costs are included in the 
asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a 
separate asset, as appropriate, only when 
it is probable that future economic benefits 
associated with the item will flow to the 
Group and the cost of the item can be 
measured reliably. The carrying amount of 
any component accounted for as a separate 
asset is derecognised when replaced. All 
other repairs and maintenance are charged 
to profit or loss during the reporting period in 
which they are incurred.

Mineral reserves are amortised based on 
annual extraction rates over the estimated 
life of the reserves. The remaining useful 
life of each asset is reassessed at regular 
intervals. Where there is a change during 
the period to the useful life of the mineral 
reserve, amortisation rates are adjusted 
prospectively from the beginning of the 
reporting period.

(ii) Complex assets

The costs of replacing major components 
of complex assets are depreciated over the 
estimated useful life, generally being the 
period until next scheduled replacement.

  (iii) Leasehold property

The cost of improvements to or on leasehold 
properties is amortised over the unexpired 
period of the lease or the estimated useful 
life, whichever is the shorter. Amortisation is 
over 5 – 30 years.

  (iv) Other fixed assets

Freehold land is not depreciated. 
Depreciation on other assets is calculated 
using the straight line method to allocate 
their cost or deemed cost amounts, over 
their estimated useful lives, as follows:

  • Buildings 

• Plant and equipment 
• Leased plant and equipment 

20 – 40 years
3 – 40 years
6 – 10 years

 The assets’ residual values and useful lives 
are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, 
at each balance sheet date. An asset’s 
carrying amount is written down immediately 
to its recoverable amount if the asset’s 
carrying amount is greater than its estimated 
recoverable amount (note 1(i)). Gains and 
losses on disposals are determined by 
comparing proceeds with carrying amount. 
These are included in the income statement.

  (q) Intangible assets

(i) Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost 
of an acquisition over the fair value of the 
Group’s share of the net identifiable assets 
of the acquired subsidiary/joint venture at the 
date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisitions 
of subsidiaries is included in intangible 
assets. Goodwill on acquisitions of joint 
ventures is included in investments in joint 
ventures.

 Goodwill is not amortised. Instead, 
goodwill is tested for impairment annually 
or more frequently if events or changes 
in circumstances indicate that it might 
be impaired, and is carried at cost less 
accumulated impairment losses. Gains and 
losses on the disposal of an entity include 
the carrying amount of goodwill relating 
to the entity sold. Goodwill is allocated to 
cash generating units for the purpose of 
impairment testing. Each of those cash-
generating units are consistent with the 
Group’s reporting segments.

(ii) Lease rights

Lease rights acquired have a finite useful life. 
Amortisation is calculated using the straight-
line method to allocate the cost over their 
estimated useful lives, which varies from 
2 to 5 years.

  (iii) IT development and software

Costs incurred in developing products or 
systems and costs incurred in acquiring 
software and licences that will contribute 
to future period financial benefits through 
revenue generation and/or cost reduction are 
capitalised to software and systems. Costs 
capitalised include external direct costs 
of materials and service and direct payroll 
and payroll related costs of employees’ 
time spent on the project. Amortisation 
is calculated on a straight-line basis over 
periods generally ranging from 5 to 10 years.

 IT development costs include only those 
costs directly attributable to the development 
phase and are only recognised following 
completion of technical feasibility and where 
the Group has an intention and ability to use 
the asset.

(r) Borrowings

 Borrowings are initially recognised at fair 
value, net of transaction costs incurred. 
Borrowings are subsequently measured at 
amortised cost. Any difference between 
the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and 
the redemption amount is recognised in 
the income statement over the period of 
the borrowings using the effective interest 
method. Borrowings are classified as 
current liabilities unless the Group has an 
unconditional right to defer settlement of 
the liability for at least 12 months after the 
reporting date.

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  (s) Borrowing costs

  (iii) Restructuring costs

 Borrowing costs incurred for the 
construction of any qualifying asset are 
capitalised during the period of time that is 
required to complete and prepare the asset 
for its intended use or sale. Other borrowing 
costs are expensed.

(t) Trade and other payables

 These amounts represent liabilities for goods 
and services provided to the Group prior to 
the end of financial year which are unpaid. 
The amounts are unsecured and are usually 
paid within 30 - 60 days of recognition.

  (u) Provisions

 Provisions are recognised if, as a result of a 
past event, the Group has a present legal or 
constructive obligation that can be estimated 
reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of 
economic benefits will be required to settle 
the obligation.

 Where there are a number of similar 
obligations, the likelihood that an outflow 
will be required in settlement is determined 
by considering the class of obligations as 
a whole. A provision is recognised even if 
the likelihood of an outflow with respect to 
any one item included in the same class of 
obligations may be small.

 Provisions are measured at the present 
value of management’s best estimate of the 
expenditure required to settle the present 
obligation at the reporting date. Provisions 
are determined by discounting the expected 
future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that 
reflects current market assessments of the 
time value of money and the risks specific 
to the liability. The increase in the provision 
due to the passage of time is recognised as 
interest expense.

(i) Dividends

Provision is made for the amount of any 
dividend declared, being appropriately 
authorised and no longer at the discretion of 
the entity, on or before the end of the period 
but not distributed at balance date.

(ii) Workers’ compensation

Certain entities within the Group are self 
insured for workers compensation purposes. 
For self-insured entities, provision is made 
that covers accidents that have occurred 
and have been reported together with an 
allowance for incurred but not reported 
claims. The provision is based on an 
actuarial assessment.

Liabilities arising directly from undertaking a 
restructuring program, not in connection with 
the acquisition of an entity, are recognised 
when a detailed plan has been developed, 
implementation has commenced, by 
entering into binding sales agreement and 
making detailed public announcements such 
that the affected parties are in no doubt that 
the restructuring program will proceed. The 
cost of a restructuring program provided 
for is the estimated future cash flows from 
implementation of the plan.

  (iv) Provisions for close down and restoration 

costs
Close down and restoration costs 
include the dismantling and demolition of 
infrastructure and the removal of residual 
materials and remediation of disturbed 
areas. Provisions for close down and 
restoration costs do not include any 
additional obligations, which are expected to 
arise from future disturbance. The costs are 
estimated on the basis of a closure plan. The 
cost estimates are reviewed annually during 
the life of the operation, based on the net 
present value of estimated future costs.

 Estimate changes resulting from new 
disturbance, updated cost estimates, 
changes to the lives of operations and 
revisions to discount rates are capitalised 
within property, plant and equipment. These 
costs are then depreciated over the lives of 
the assets to which they relate.

 The amortisation or ‘unwinding’ of the 
discount applied in establishing the net 
present value of provisions is charged to 
the income statement in each accounting 
period. The amortisation of the discount is 
shown in finance costs.

  (v) Employee benefits

(i) Short-term obligations

Liabilities for wages and salaries, including 
non-monetary benefits, annual leave and 
accumulating sick leave expected to be 
settled within 12 months after the end of 
the period in which the employees render 
the related service are recognised in respect 
of employees’ services up to the end of 
the reporting period and are measured at 
the amounts expected to be paid when 
the liabilities are settled. The liability for 
annual leave and accumulating sick leave 
is recognised in the provision for employee 
benefits. All other short-term employee 
benefit obligations are presented as 
payables.

58

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

(ii) Other long-term employee benefit obligations
The liability for long service leave and annual 
leave which is not expected to be settled 
within 12 months after the end of the period 
in which the employees render the related 
service is recognised in the provision for 
employee benefits and measured as the 
present value of expected future payments 
to be made in respect of services provided 
by employees up to the end of the reporting 
period using the projected unit credit 
method. Consideration is given to expected 
future wage and salary levels, experience 
of employee departures and periods of 
service. Expected future payments are 
discounted using market yields at the end of 
the reporting period on national government 
bonds with terms to maturity and currency 
that match, as closely as possible, the 
estimated future cash outflows.

  (iii) Retirement benefit obligations

All employees of the Group are entitled to 
benefits from the Group’s superannuation 
plan on retirement, disability or death. 
The Group has a defined benefit section 
and defined contribution section within its 
plan. The defined benefit section provides 
defined lump sum benefits on retirement, 
death, disablement and withdrawal, based 
on years of service and final average salary. 
The defined benefit plan section is closed 
to new members. The defined contribution 
section receives fixed contributions from 
Group companies and the Group’s legal or 
constructive obligation is limited to these 
contributions.

 A liability or asset in respect of defined 
benefit superannuation plans is recognised 
in the balance sheet, and is measured as 
the present value of the defined benefit 
obligation at the reporting date less the fair 
value of the superannuation fund’s assets at 
that date and any unrecognised past service 
cost.

 The present value of the defined benefit 
obligation is based on expected future 
payments, which arise from membership of 
the fund to the reporting date, calculated 
annually by independent actuaries using the 
projected unit credit method. Consideration 
is given to expected future wage and salary 
levels, experience of employee departures 
and periods of service.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Expected future payments are discounted 
using market yields at the reporting date on 
national government bonds with terms to 
maturity and currency that match, as closely 
as possible, the estimated future cash 
outflows.

 Actuarial gains and losses arising from 
experience adjustments and changes in 
actuarial assumptions are recognised in 
the period in which they occur, outside 
profit or loss directly in the statement of 
comprehensive income.

 Past service costs are recognised 
immediately in profit or loss, unless the 
changes to the superannuation fund are 
conditional on the employees remaining in 
service for a specified period of time (the 
vesting period). In this case, the past service 
costs are amortised on a straightline basis 
over the vesting period.

 Contributions to the defined contribution 
fund are recognised as an expense as they 
become payable. Prepaid contributions are 
recognised as an asset to the extent that 
a cash refund or a reduction in the future 
payments is available.

  (iv) Share-based payments

Share-based compensation benefits are 
provided to executives via the Adelaide 
Brighton Ltd Executive Performance Share 
Plan.

 The fair value of Awards granted under the 
Plan is recognised as an employee benefit 
expense with a corresponding increase 
in equity. The fair value is measured at 
grant date and recognised over the period 
during which the employees become 
unconditionally entitled to the Awards.

 The fair value at grant date is independently 
determined using a Black-Scholes option 
pricing model that takes into account the 
exercise price, the term of the Award, the 
vesting and performance criteria, the impact 
of dilution, the non-tradeable nature of the 
Award, the share price at grant date and 
expected price volatility of the underlying 
share, the expected dividend yield and the 
risk-free interest rate for the term of the 
Award.

 The fair value of the Awards granted 
excludes the impact of any non-market 
vesting conditions (e.g. earnings per share). 
Non-market vesting conditions are included 
in assumptions about the number of Awards 
that are expected to become exercisable. At 
each balance sheet date, the entity revises 
its estimate of the number of Awards that 
are expected to become exercisable. The 
employee benefit expense recognised each 
period takes into account the most recent 
estimate. The impact of the revision to 
original estimates, if any, is recognised in 
the income statement with a corresponding 
entry to equity.

 The Adelaide Brighton Ltd Executive 
Performance Share Plan is administered by 
the Adelaide Brighton employee share plan 
trust; see note 1(b)(ii).

  (x) Earnings per share

(i) Basic earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by 
dividing the profit attributable to equity 
holders of the Company, excluding any 
costs of servicing equity other than ordinary 
shares, by the weighted average number of 
ordinary shares outstanding during the year.

(ii) Diluted earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share adjusts the 
figures used in the determination of basic 
earnings per share to take into account the 
after income tax effect of interest and other 
financing costs associated with dilutive 
potential ordinary shares and the weighted 
average number of shares assumed to have 
been issued for no consideration in relation 
to dilutive potential ordinary shares.

  (v) Short-term incentives

  (y) Rounding of amounts

The Group recognises a liability and an 
expense for short-term incentives available 
to certain employees on a formula that takes 
into consideration agreed performance 
targets. The Group recognises a provision 
where contractually obliged or where 
there is a past practice that has created a 
constructive obligation.

  (vi) Termination benefits

 The Company is of a kind referred to in 
Class Order 98/100, issued by the Australian 
Securities and Investments Commission, 
relating to the “rounding off” of amounts in 
the financial report. Amounts in the financial 
report have been rounded off in accordance 
with that Class Order to the nearest one 
hundred thousand dollar, unless otherwise 
stated.

Termination benefits are payable when 
employment is terminated before the normal 
retirement date, or when an employee 
accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange 
for these benefits. The Group recognises 
termination benefits when it is demonstrably 
committed to either terminating the 
employment of current employees according 
to a detailed formal plan without possibility of 
withdrawal or providing termination benefits 
as a result of an offer made to encourage 
voluntary redundancy. Benefits falling due 
more than 12 months after balance sheet 
date are discounted to present value.

  (w) Contributed equity

 Ordinary shares are classified as equity. 
Incremental costs directly attributable to the 
issue of new shares or options are shown 
in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from 
the proceeds. Incremental costs directly 
attributable to the issue of new shares or 
options, for the purpose of acquisition of 
a business, are not included in the cost 
of the acquisition as part of the purchase 
consideration.

  (z) Goods and Services Tax (GST)

 Revenues, expenses and assets are 
recognised net of the amount of associated 
GST, unless the GST incurred is not 
recoverable from the taxation authority. In 
this case it is recognised as part of the cost 
of acquisition of the asset or as part of the 
expense.

 Receivables and payables are stated 
inclusive of the amount of GST receivable or 
payable. The net amount of GST recoverable 
from, or payable to, the taxation authority is 
included with other receivables or payables 
in the balance sheet.

 Cash flows are presented on a gross basis. 
The GST components of cash flows arising 
from investing or financing activities which 
are recoverable from, or payable to the 
taxation authority, are presented as operating 
cash flow.

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (aa) Financial guarantee contracts

 Financial guarantee contracts are recognised 
as a financial liability at the time the 
guarantee is issued. The liability is initially 
measured at fair value and subsequently 
at the higher of the amount determined 
in accordance with AASB 137 Provisions, 
Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets 
and the amount initially recognised less 
cumulative amortisation, where appropriate.

 (ab) Parent entity financial information

 The financial information for the parent entity, 
Adelaide Brighton Limited, disclosed in note 
39 has been prepared on the same basis as 
the consolidated financial statements, except 
as set out below.

(i) Investments in subsidiaries, associates and 

joint venture entities
Investments in subsidiaries, associates and 
joint venture entities are accounted for at 
cost in the financial statements of Adelaide 
Brighton Limited. Dividends received from 
associates are recognised in the parent 
entity’s profit or loss, rather than being 
deducted from the carrying amount of these 
investments.

(ii) Tax consolidation legislation

Adelaide Brighton Limited and its wholly-
owned Australian controlled entities 
have implemented the tax consolidation 
legislation.

 The head entity, Adelaide Brighton Limited, 
and the controlled entities in the tax 
consolidated group account for their own 
current and deferred tax amounts. These tax 
amounts are measured as if each entity in 
the tax consolidated group continues to be a 
stand alone taxpayer in its own right.

 In addition to its own current and deferred 
tax amounts, Adelaide Brighton Limited 
also recognises the current tax liabilities (or 
assets) and the deferred assets arising from 
unused tax losses and unused tax credits 
assumed from controlled entities in the tax 
consolidated group.

 The entities have also entered into a tax 
funding agreement under which the wholly-
owned entities fully compensate Adelaide 
Brighton Limited for any current tax payable 
assumed and are compensated by Adelaide 
Brighton Limited for any current tax 
receivable and deferred tax assets relating to 
unused tax losses or unused tax credits that 
are transferred to Adelaide Brighton Limited 
under the tax consolidation legislation. 
The funding amounts are determined by 
reference to the amounts recognised in the 
wholly-owned entities’ financial statements.

 The amounts receivable/payable under the 
tax funding agreement are due upon receipt 
of the funding advice from the head entity, 
which is issued as soon as practicable after 
the end of each financial year. The head 
entity may also require payment of interim 
funding amounts to assist with its obligations 
to pay tax instalments.

 Assets or liabilities arising under tax funding 
agreements with the tax consolidated 
entities are recognised as current amounts 
receivable from or payable to other entities in 
the group.

 Any difference between the amounts 
assumed and amounts receivable or 
payable under the tax funding agreement 
are recognised as a contribution to (or 
distribution from) wholly-owned tax 
consolidated entities.

  (iii) Financial guarantees

Where the parent entity has provided 
financial guarantees in relation to 
loans and payables of subsidiaries for 
no compensation, the fair values of 
these guarantees are accounted for as 
contributions and recognised as part of the 
cost of the investment.

 (ac) New accounting standards and UIG 

interpretations

 In the current year, the Group has adopted 
all of the new and revised accounting 
standards and interpretations issued by 
the Australian Accounting Standards Board 
(AASB) that are relevant to its operations 
and effective for the current annual reporting 
period.

 Certain new accounting standards and UIG 
interpretations have been published but 
are not mandatory for 31 December 2010 
reporting periods and have not yet been 
adopted by the Group. The Group’s and the 
parent entity’s assessment of the impact of 
these new standards and interpretations is 
set out below.

  • AASB 9 Financial Instruments and AASB 
2009-11 Amendments to Australian 
Accounting Standards arising from 
AASB 9 (effective from 1 January 2013). 
AASB 9 Financial Instruments addresses the 
classification and measurement of financial 
assets. The standard is not applicable until 
1 January 2013 but is available for early 
adoption. The group has decided not to 
early adopt AASB 9. The Group is yet to 
assess its full impact.

  • Revised AASB 124 Related Party Disclosures 

and AASB 2009-12 Amendments to 
Australian Accounting Standards (effective 
from 1 January 2011). In December 2009 
the AASB issued a revised AASB 124 
Related Party Disclosures. It is effective 
for accounting periods beginning on or 
after 1 January 2011 and must be applied 
retrospectively. The amendment removes the 
requirement for government-related entities 
to disclose details of all transactions with the
government and other government-related 
entities and clarifies and simplifies the definition 
of a related party. The group will apply the 
amended standard from 1 January 2011. 
It is not expected to have any effect on the 
Group’s related party disclosures.

60

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  • AASB 2009-10 Amendments to Australian 

Accounting Standards – Classification of 
Rights Issues [AASB 132] (effective from 
1 January 2011). In October 2009 the 
AASB issued an amendment to AASB 132 
Financial Instruments: Presentation which 
addresses the accounting for rights issues 
that are denominated in a currency other 
than the functional currency of the issuer. 
Provided certain conditions are met, such 
rights issues are now classified as equity 
regardless of the currency in which the 
exercise price is denominated. Previously, 
these issues had to be accounted for as 
derivative liabilities. The amendment must be 
applied retrospectively in accordance with 
AASB 108 Accounting Policies, Changes in 
Accounting Estimates and Errors. The Group 
will apply the amended standard from 
1 January 2011. As the Group has not made 
any such rights issues, the amendment will 
not have any effect on the Group’s or parent 
entity’s financial statements.

  • AASB 2009-14 Amendments to Australian 
Interpretation – Prepayments of a Minimum 
Funding Requirement (effective from 
1 January 2011). In December 2009, the 
AASB made an amendment to Interpretation 
14 The Limit on a Defined Benefit 
Asset, Minimum Funding Requirements 
and their Interaction. The amendment 
removes an unintended consequence 
of the interpretation related to voluntary 
prepayments when there is a minimum 
funding requirement in regard to the entity’s 
defined benefit scheme. It permits entities 
to recognise an asset for a prepayment 
of contributions made to cover minimum 
funding requirements. The Group will apply 
the amended standard from 1 January 
2011. As the Group does not make such 
prepayments, the amendment will not have 
any effect on the Group’s or parent entity’s 
financial statements.

  • AASB 1053 Application of Tiers of Australian 
Accounting Standards and AASB 2010-2
Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards arising from Reduced Disclosure 
Requirements (effective from 1 January 
2013). On 30 June 2010 the AASB 
officially introduced a revised differential 
reporting framework in Australia. Under this 
framework, a two-tier differential reporting 
regime applies to all entities that prepare 
general purpose financial statements. 
Adelaide Brighton Ltd is listed on the ASX 
and is therefore not eligible to adopt the 
new Australian Accounting Standards – 
Reduced Disclosure Requirements. As a 
consequence, the two standards will have 
no impact on the financial statements of the 
entity.

  • AASB 2010-3 Amendments to Australian 
Accounting Standards arising from the 
Annual Improvements Project and AASB 
2010-4 Further Amendments to Australian 
Accounting Standards arising from the 
Annual Improvements Project (effective 
from 1 January 2011). In June 2010, the 
AASB made a number of amendments to 
Australian Accounting Standards as a result 
of the IASB’s annual improvements project. 
The Group will apply the amendments from 
1 January 2011. The Group does not expect 
that any adjustments will be necessary as 
the result of applying the revised rules.

  • AASB 2010-6 Amendments to Australian 

Accounting Standards – Disclosures on 
Transfers of Financial Assets (effective 
from 1 January 2012). In November 2010, 
the AASB made amendments to AASB 7 
Financial Instruments: Disclosures which 
introduce additional disclosures in respect 
of risk exposures arising from transferred 
financial assets. The amendments will affect 
particularly entities that sell, factor, securitise, 
lend or otherwise transfer financial assets 
to other parties. They are not expected to 
have any significant impact on the Group’s 
disclosures.

  2 Critical accounting estimates and 

assumptions

 The Group makes estimates and 
assumptions concerning the future. The 
resulting accounting estimates will, by 
definition, seldom equal the related actual 
results. The estimates and assumptions that 
are significant to the carrying amounts of 
assets and liabilities in the next financial year 
are discussed below.

  (a) Provisions for close down and 

restoration costs

 Restoration provisions are based on 
estimates of the cost to rehabilitate 
currently disturbed areas based on current 
costs and legislative requirements. The 
Group progressively rehabilitates as part 
of the mining process. Cost estimates are 
continually evaluated and are based on 
historical experience and other factors, 
including expectations of future events that 
are believed to be reasonable under the 
circumstances. The detailed accounting 
treatment is set out in note 1(u)(iv).

  (b) Impairment of assets

 The Group tests annually whether goodwill 
and other non-current assets have suffered 
any impairment, in accordance with the 
accounting policies stated in notes 1(i) and 
1(q). The recoverable amounts of cash 
generating units have been determined 
based on value-in-use calculations. These 
calculations require the use of assumptions. 
For detailed assumptions refer to note 14.

 Estimates and judgements are continually 
evaluated and are based on historical 
experience and other factors, including 
expectations of future events that may have 
a financial impact on the entity and that 
are believed to be reasonable under the 
circumstances.

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

61

 
 
 
 
($ Million)  

  3 Revenue and other income

 Revenue from continuing operations
 Sales of goods 
 Interest from joint ventures 
 Interest from other parties 
 Royalties 

 Other income
 Net gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
 Insurance recovery relating to the Accolade incident 
 Other income 

Consolidated

2010 

2009

1,069.4 
1.0 
1.3 
1.2 

1,072.9 

2.6 
0.9 
5.0 

8.5 

985.0
0.7
0.9
0.6

987.2

1.4
13.4
9.3

24.1

 Revenue and other income (excluding share of net profits of joint ventures accounted for using 
 the equity method) 

1,081.4 

1,011.3

  4 Expenses

 Profit before income tax includes the following specific expenses:
 Depreciation
   Buildings 
   Plant and equipment 
   Mineral reserves 

 Total depreciation 

 Amortisation of intangibles  
 Other charges
   Employee benefits expense 
   Operating lease rental charge 
   Bad and doubtful debts – trade debtors 

 Finance costs
   Interest and finance charges paid / payable 
   Unwinding of the discount on restoration provisions and retirement benefit obligation 

 Total finance costs 

3.1 
46.9 
2.0 

52.0 

0.8 

140.9 
3.0 
0.8 

13.4 
2.9 

16.3 

3.1
52.4
1.3

56.8

-

127.5
2.9
1.1

15.7
2.6

18.3

62

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
($ Million)  

  5 Income Tax

  (a) Numerical reconciliation of income tax expense to prima facie tax payable

 Profit before income tax expense 
 Tax at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2009: 30%) 
 Tax effect of amounts which are not deductible (taxable) in calculating taxable income:
   Non allowable expenses 
   Non assessable capital profits 
   Share of net profits of joint ventures 
   Rebateable dividends 
   Investment allowance 
   Sundry items 
 Under provided in prior years 

 Aggregate income tax expense  
 Aggregate income tax expense comprises:
   Current taxation provision 
   Net deferred tax (note 13 & 20) 
   Under provided in prior year 

 (b) Amounts recognised directly in equity

 Aggregate current and deferred tax arising in the reporting period and not recognised in net profit 
 or loss but directly (credited) debited to equity
   Current tax 
   Net deferred tax 

Consolidated

2010 

2009

202.2 
60.7 

168.6
50.6

0.3 
(4.8 ) 
-  
(5.7 ) 
(0.2 ) 
(0.5 ) 
1.0 

50.8 

58.0 
(8.2 ) 
1.0 

50.8 

(0.5 ) 
(1.3 ) 

(1.8 ) 

0.2
(1.1 )
0.1
(4.7 )
(0.3 )
0.5
0.1

45.4

47.0
(1.7 )
0.1

45.4

0.5
1.8

2.3

  (c) Tax (income) expense relating to items of other comprehensive income

 Actuarial (losses) gains on retirement benefit obligation (note 22 (d)) 

(0.8 ) 

1.8

 (d) Tax losses

 Unused tax losses for which no deferred tax asset has been recognised:
   Capital losses 

 This benefit for tax losses will only be obtained if:

17.8 

21.7

  (i) the Group derives future assessable income of a nature and of an amount sufficient to enable the benefit from the deductions for the losses to be 

realised,

  (ii) the Group continues to comply with the conditions for deductibility imposed by tax legislation, and 

  (iii) no changes in tax legislation adversely affect the Group in realising the benefit from the deductions for the losses.

 The accounting policy in relation to tax consolidation legislation is set out in note 1(f).

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
($ Million)  

  6 Current assets – cash and cash equivalents

 Cash at bank and in hand 
 Deposits at call 

 Cash and cash equivalents 

  (a) Reconciliation to cash at the end of the year

 The above figures are reconciled to cash at the end of the financial year as shown in the
 statement of cash flows as follows:
 Balances as above 
 Bank overdrafts (note 16) 

 Balances per statement of cash flows 

  7 Current assets – trade and other receivables

 Trade receivables 
 Provision for doubtful receivables 

 Amounts due by joint ventures 
 Prepayments 
 Other receivables 

  (a) Past due but not impaired

Consolidated

2010 

2009

- 
2.8 

2.8 

2.8 
(0.8 ) 

2.0 

127.3 
(2.1 ) 

125.2 

16.9 
5.6 
5.6 

153.3 

23.1
2.4

25.5

25.5
-

25.5

130.3
(2.0 )

128.3

15.7
7.0
11.8

162.8

Included in the Group’s trade receivables balance are debtors with a carrying value of $4.5 million (2009: $5.2 million) which are past due but not 
impaired. The Group has not provided for these amounts as there has not been a significant change in credit quality or for debtors which there is no 
recent history of default. The Group believes these amounts are still recoverable. The ageing analysis is as follows: 60 days $4.5 million (2009: 60 days 
$3.4 million, 90 days $1.8 million).

 (b) Impaired trade receivables

As at 31 December 2010 current trade receivables of the Group with a nominal value of $2.4 million (2009 - $2.5 million) were impaired. The amount of 
the provision was $2.1 million (2009 - $2.0 million). The individually impaired receivables mainly relate to customers which are in unexpectedly difficult 
economic situations. It was assessed that a portion of the receivables is expected to be recovered. 

 The ageing of these receivables is as follows:

 ($ Million)  

 1 to 3 months 
 3 to 6 months 
 Over 6 months 

 Movement in provision for doubtful receivables
 Opening balance at 1 January 
 Amounts written off during the year 
 Provision for doubtful receivables recognised during the year 

 Closing balance at 31 December 

  (c) Fair value and credit, interest and foreign exchange risk

Consolidated

2010 

2009

0.1 
- 
2.3 

2.4 

2.0 
(0.7 ) 
0.8 

2.1 

0.1
0.1
2.3

2.5

4.6
(3.7 )
1.1

2.0

Due to the short-term nature of these receivables, their carrying value is assumed to approximate their fair value. All receivables are denominated in 
Australian dollars. Information concerning the fair value and risk management of both current and non-current receivables is set out in note 26.

64

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
($ Million)  

  8 Current assets – inventories

 Engineering spare parts stores – at cost 
 Raw materials and work in progress – at cost 
 Finished goods – at cost 

  9 Current assets – assets classified as held for sale

 Land 
 Plant & Equipment 

 10 Non-current assets - receivables

 Loans to joint ventures 
 Other non-current receivables 

Consolidated

2010 

2009

27.7 
40.8 
49.3 

117.8 

- 
0.2 

0.2 

28.7 
1.7 

30.4 

27.0
35.2
45.6

107.8

12.7
-

12.7

28.3
2.1

30.4

 Details of the fair values, effective interest rate and credit risk are set out in note 26.

  (a) Impaired receivables and receivables past due

 None of the non-current receivables are impaired or past due but not impaired.

 11 Non-current assets – investments accounted for using the equity method

Interests in joint ventures are accounted for in the Group’s financial statements using the equity method and are carried at cost by the respective 
parent entity.

  (a) Carrying amounts

 Name of company 

Principal activity 

 Sunstate Cement Ltd 
 Independent Cement and Lime Pty Ltd 
 Alternative Fuel Company Pty Ltd 
 E.B. Mawson & Sons Pty Ltd and 
 Lake Boga Quarries Pty Ltd 
 Burrell Mining Services JV 
 Batesford Quarry 

Cement manufacture 
Cement distribution 
Processing waste materials 

Concrete and quarries 
Mining industry products 
Quarry products 

Ownership interest 

Consolidated

2010 
% 

50 
50 
50 

50 
50 
50 

2009 
% 

2010 
$ Million 

2009
$ Million

50 
50 
50 

50 
50 
50 

20.4 
40.0 
- 

25.5 
1.3 
0.5 

87.7 

12.0
35.8
-

23.6
1.0
0.1

72.5

Each of the above Australian joint ventures is incorporated with the exception of Batesford Quarry and Burrell Mining Services JV 
which are not incorporated. All the joint ventures, except Alternative Fuel Company Pty Ltd, have a balance sheet date of 30 June, 
which is different to the balance sheet date of 31 December. Financial reports prepared as at 31 December are used for equity accounting purposes.

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
($ Million)  

 11 Non-current assets - investments accounted for using the equity method (continued)

Consolidated

2010 

2009

 (b) Movements in carrying amounts

 Carrying amount at 1 January 
 Share of net profits 
 Dividends received 

 Carrying amount at 31 December 

  (c) Share of joint ventures’ profits

 Revenues 
 Expenses 

 Profit before income tax 
 Income tax expense 

 Profit after income tax 

 Share of net profit – equity accounted 
 Retained profits at 1 January 
 Dividends and distributions 

 Share of retained profits at 31 December 

 (d) Summarised financial information of joint ventures

 Current assets 
 Non-current assets 

 Total assets 

 Current liabilities 
 Non-current liabilities 

 Total liabilities 

 Net Assets 

 Group’s 50% share of joint ventures net assets 
 Adjustments arising from equity accounting:
   Goodwill 
   Unrealised profit in inventory 

 Carrying value at 31 December 

  (e) Share of joint ventures’ expenditure commitments

 Lease commitments 
 Capital commitments 

66

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

72.5 
32.1 
(16.9 ) 

87.7 

266.7 
(228.1 ) 

38.6 
(6.5 ) 

32.1 

32.1 
17.3 
(16.9 ) 

32.5 

150.0 
188.9 

338.9 

(43.6 ) 
(138.3 ) 

(181.9 ) 

157.0 

78.5 

8.7 
0.5 

87.7 

36.1 
2.0 

38.1 

67.6
27.6
(22.7 )

72.5

263.2
(228.6 )

34.6
(7.0 )

27.6

27.6
12.4
(22.7 )

17.3

136.2
178.8

315.0

(121.9 )
(64.3 )

(186.2 )

128.8

64.4

8.7
(0.6 )

72.5

35.7
3.7

39.4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 12 Non-current assets – property, plant and equipment

 Consolidated at 31 December 2010

 ($ Million)  

 At cost 
 Accumulated depreciation 

 Net book amount 

 Reconciliations
 Carrying amount at
 1 January 2010 
 Additions 
 Disposals 
 Reclassification 
 Depreciation/ 
 amortisation expense  

 Carrying amount at 
 31 December 2010 

Freehold 
land 

113.4 
- 

113.4 

Buildings 

101.5 
(40.0 ) 

Leasehold 
property 

Plant & 
equipment 

Leased 
assets 

Mineral 
reserves 

5.1 
(1.3 ) 

1,076.4 
(633.5 ) 

1.0 
(0.1 ) 

120.3 
(15.2 ) 

61.5 

3.8 

442.9 

0.9 

105.1 

110.3 
1.5 
- 
1.6 

52.4 
1.0 
- 
11.2  

3.6 
0.6 
- 
(0.1 ) 

453.3 
16.8 
(1.4 ) 
20.8   

1.3 
- 
- 
(0.3 ) 

104.9 
0.7 
- 
1.2 

Asset 
retirement 
cost 

In course
of con-
struction 

Total

5.2 
(2.4 ) 

2.8 

2.9 
0.1 
- 
-  

30.2 
-   

1,453.1
(692.5 )

30.2 

760.6

45.6 
29.7 
- 
(45.1 ) 

774.3
50.4
(1.4 )
(10.7 )

- 

(3.1 ) 

(0.3 ) 

(46.6 ) 

(0.1 ) 

(1.7 ) 

(0.2 ) 

-  

(52.0 )

113.4 

61.5  

3.8   

442.9   

0.9  

105.1 

2.8  

30.2  

760.6

 Consolidated at 31 December 2009

Freehold 
land 

Buildings 

Leasehold 
property 

Plant & 
equipment 

Leased 
assets 

Mineral 
reserves 

Asset 
retirement 
cost 

In course
of con-
struction 

 ($ Million)  

 At cost 
 Accumulated depreciation 

 Net book amount 

 Reconciliations
 Carrying amount at
 1 January 2009 
 Additions 
 Disposals 
 Reclassification 
 Depreciation/ 
 amortisation expense 

 Carrying amount at 
 31 December 2009 

110.3 
- 

110.3 

123.4 
- 
(0.9 ) 
(12.2 ) 

89.5 
(37.1 ) 

52.4 

57.4 
0.1 
(1.0 ) 
(1.0 ) 

4.6 
(1.0 ) 

1,058.5 
(605.2 ) 

1.9 
(0.6 ) 

118.3 
(13.4 ) 

3.6 

453.3 

1.3 

104.9 

4.1 
- 
-  
(0.3 ) 

450.2 
9.7 
(0.8 ) 
46.4  

1.7 
- 
-  
(0.3 ) 

105.8 
- 
-  
0.1  

5.1 
(2.2 ) 

2.9 

3.1 
- 
-   
-   

Total

1,433.8
(659.5 )

774.3

45.6 
- 

45.6 

56.2 
33.3 
-   
(43.9 ) 

801.9
43.1
(2.7 )
(11.2 )

-  

(3.1 ) 

(0.2 ) 

(52.2 ) 

(0.1 ) 

(1.0 ) 

(0.2 ) 

-   

(56.8 )

110.3 

52.4 

3.6 

453.3 

1.3 

104.9 

2.9 

45.6 

774.3

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

67

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated

2010 

2009

- 
1.5 
1.3 
20.7 
5.1 
3.1 

31.7 

(31.7 ) 

- 

26.7 
3.2 
1.3 
0.8 
(0.3 ) 
(31.7 ) 

- 

Consolidated 

Goodwill 

Software 

Other
intangibles 

170.3 
- 

170.3 

169.0 
0.6 
0.7 
- 

170.3 

169.0 
- 

169.0 

169.4 
- 
(0.4 ) 

169.0 

7.8 
(0.8 ) 

7.0 

- 
7.8 
- 
(0.8 ) 

7.0 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 

- 

1.8 
- 

1.8 

- 
1.8 
- 
- 

1.8 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 

- 

(0.3 )
1.7
1.8
20.8
-
2.7

26.7

(26.7 )

-

29.0
0.1
(1.8 )
-
(0.6 )
(26.7 )

-

Total

179.9
(0.8 )

179.1

169.0
10.2
0.7
(0.8 )

179.1

169.0
-

169.0

169.4
-
(0.4 )

169.0

($ Million)  

 13 Non-current assets – deferred tax assets

 The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:
 Property, plant and equipment 
 Share based payment reserve 
 Defined benefit obligations 
 Provisions 
 Other assets 
 Tax losses 

 Deferred tax assets 

 Offset deferred tax liability (note 20) 

 Net Deferred tax assets 

 Movements:
 Opening balance at 1 January 
 Recognised in the income statement 
 Recognised in equity  
 Acquired in business combinations 
 (Under) provision in prior year 
 Offset deferred tax liability (note 20) 

 Closing balance at 31 December 

 ($ Million)  

 14 Non-current assets – intangible assets 

 31 December 2010
 Cost 
 Accumulated amortisation 

 Carrying amount at 31 December 2010 

 Opening balance at 1 January 2010 
 Additions in current year 
 Finalisation of prior year acquisitions 
 Amortisation charge 

 Closing balance at 31 December 2010 

 31 December 2009
 Cost 
 Accumulated amortisation 

 Carrying amount at 31 December 2009 

 Opening balance at 1 January 2009 
 Acquisitions in current year 
 Finalisation of prior year acquisitions  

 Closing balance at 31 December 2009 

68

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 14 Non-current assets – intangible assets (continued)

  (a) Impairment tests for goodwill

Goodwill is allocated to the Group’s cash-generating units (CGUs) identified according to business segments. A segment level summary of the goodwill 
allocation is presented below.

Consolidated

 ($ Million)  

 Cement, Lime and Concrete 
 Concrete Products 

2010 

161.5 
8.8 

170.3 

2009

160.2
8.8

169.0

The recoverable amount of a CGU is determined based on value-in-use calculations. These calculations use cash flow projections based on 2010 
actual results and 2011 financial budgets approved by management. The growth rate does not exceed the long-term average growth rate for the 
business in which the CGU operates.

 (b) Key assumptions used for value-in-use calculations

 Cement, Lime and Concrete 
 Concrete Products 

Gross margin1 

Growth rate2 

Discount rate3

2010 
% 

38.6 
27.5 

2009 
% 

41.8 
29.7 

2010 
% 

2.5 
2.5 

2009 
% 

2.5 
2.5 

2010 
% 

10.0 
10.0 

2009
%

10.0
10.0

1 Budgeted gross margin (excluding fixed production costs)

2 Weighted average growth rate used to extrapolate cash flows beyond the budget period

3 Pre-tax discount rate applied to cash flow projections

The assumptions have been used for the analysis of each CGU within the business segment. Management determined budgeted gross margin based 
on the past performance and its expectations for the future. The discount rates used are pre-tax and reflect specific risks relating to relevant segments.

Considering the current uncertainties surrounding the Government proposed emissions trading scheme, the entity has not made any adjustments to 
their future estimated cash outflows for any possible impact from the introduction of such a scheme.

 ($ Million)  

 15 Current liabilities - trade and other payables

 Trade payables and accruals 
 Loans from joint ventures 

  (a) Risk exposure

 Information about the Group’s exposure to foreign exchange risk is provided in note 26.

 16 Current liabilities – borrowings

 Secured
 Lease liabilities (note 28) 
 Unsecured
 Bank overdraft 

 Details of the Group’s exposure to interest rate changes and fair value of borrowings are set out in note 26.

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

Consolidated

2010 

2009

102.9 
2.5 

105.4 

103.3
2.8

106.1

0.2 

0.8 

1.0 

0.4

-

0.4

69

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
($ Million)  

 17 Current liabilities – provisions

 Employee benefits 
 Workers’ compensation (note 1 (u)(ii)) 
 Restoration provisions (note 1 (u)(iv)) 
 Other provisions 

 Movements in each class of provision during the financial year, other than employee benefits, is set out below.

Consolidated

2010 

2009

17.4 
1.1 
1.5 
1.6 

21.6 

17.9
0.9
3.9
1.7

24.4

($ Million)  

Opening balance at 1 January 2010 
Adjustments to income statement 
 Provisions reclassified 
 Payments 

 Closing balance at 31 December 2010 

 ($ Million)  

18  Current liabilities – other liabilities

 Limited recourse loan 
 Other 

Workers’ 
compensation 

Restoration 
provisions 

Other
provisions

0.9 
0.2 
- 
- 

1.1 

3.9 
- 
(1.6 ) 
(0.8 ) 

1.5 

1.7
2.0
(0.6 )
(1.5 )

1.6

Consolidated

2010 

2009

- 
3.9 

3.9 

12.3
2.0

14.3

A limited recourse loan of $12.3 million was owing to Rugby Holdings Ltd at 31 December 2009 by Cockburn Cement Ltd, a subsidiary of Adelaide 
Brighton Ltd, and this loan was repaid in 2010. The loan was in respect of real property belonging to Rugby Holdings Ltd on loan to Cockburn 
Cement Ltd and the loan was non-interest bearing. Rugby Holdings Ltd was the direct parent Company of Adelaide Brighton Ltd in the period from 
July 1999 to December 2003.

 ($ Million)  

 19 Non-current liabilities – borrowings

 Secured
 Lease liabilities (note 28) 
 Unsecured
 Bank loans 

Consolidated

2010 

2009

0.7 

149.5 

150.2 

0.9

199.6

200.5

Lease liabilities are effectively secured as the rights to the leased assets recognised in the financial statements revert to the lessor in the event of 
default. The carrying amount of plant & equipment under finance lease is $0.9 million (2009 - $1.3 million). Details of the Group’s exposure to interest 
rate changes and fair values of borrowings is set out in note 26.

70

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
($ Million)  

 20 Non-current liabilities – deferred tax liabilities

 The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:
 Property, plant and equipment 
 Inventories 
 Other 

 Deferred tax liabilities 
 Offset deferred tax assets (note 13) 

 Net deferred tax liabilities 

 Movements:
 Opening balance at 1 January 
 Recognised in the income statement 
 Acquired in business combinations 
 Under provision in prior year 

 Closing balance at 31 December 

 21 Non-current liabilities – provisions

 Employee benefits 
 Restoration provisions (note 1(u)(iv)) 

 Movement in each class of provision during the financial year, other than employee benefits, are set out below.

($ Million)  

 Opening balance at 1 January 2010 
 Discount unwinding to finance costs 
 Adjustments to income statement 
 Provisions reclassified from current 

 Closing balance at 31 December 2010 

 22 Non-current liabilities – retirement benefit obligations

  (a) Superannuation plan

Consolidated

2010 

2009

72.0 
7.9 
3.3 

83.2 
(31.7 ) 

51.5 

86.5 
(5.0) 
0.5 
1.2 

83.2 

2.9 
29.7 

32.6 

72.7
8.5
5.3

86.5
(26.7 )

59.8

86.4
(1.6 )
-
1.7

86.5

2.8
27.1

29.9

Restoration
provisions

27.1
0.3
0.1
2.2

29.7

The majority of Adelaide Brighton Ltd employees are members of the consolidated superannuation entity being the Adelaide Brighton Group 
Superannuation Plan (“the Plan”), a sub-plan of the Mercer Super Trust (“MST”). The MST is a superannuation master trust arrangement governed by 
an independent trustee, Mercer Investment Nominees Ltd. The Plan commenced in the MST on 1 August 2001.

Membership is in either the Defined Benefit or Accumulation categories of the Plan. The defined contribution section receives fixed contributions from 
Group companies and the Group’s legal or constructive obligation is limited to these contributions. The following sets out details in respect of the 
defined benefit section only.

Defined benefit members receive lump sum benefits on retirement, death, disablement and withdrawal. The defined benefit section of the Plan is 
closed to new members. All new members receive accumulation only benefits. During the 12 months to 31 December 2010, all new employees, who 
are members of this fund, have become members of the accumulation category of the Plan. The limited number of employees who are not members 
of the Plan are in complying superannuation funds as specified by the Enterprise Bargaining Agreements (WA and Victoria Award covered employees) 
that cover their employment.

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
($ Million)  

 22 Non-current liabilities – retirement benefit obligations (continued)

 (b) Balance sheet amounts

 Present value of the defined benefit obligation 
 Fair value of defined benefit plan assets 

 Net liability in the balance sheet 

Consolidated

2010 

2009

55.4 
(51.2 ) 

4.2 

52.1
(46.3 )

5.8

The Group has a legal obligation to make quarterly contributions of $554,000 to finance the deficit with a view to return the Plan to a satisfactory 
financial position by 31 March 2012, assuming 7.0% pa future investment returns.

  (c) Reconciliations

 Reconciliation of the present value of defined benefit obligation, which is wholly funded:
 Opening balance at 1 January 
 Current service costs 
 Interest costs 
 Actuarial losses (gains) 
 Contributions by plan participants 
 Benefits, expenses and insurance premium paid 
 Transfers in 

 Closing balance at 31 December 

 Reconciliation of the fair value of plan assets
 Opening balance at 1 January 
 Expected return on plan assets 
 Actuarial (losses) gains 
 Employer contributions 
 Contributions by plan participants 
 Benefits, expenses and insurance premium paid 
 Transfers in 

 Closing balance at 31 December 

 (d) Amounts recognised in income statement and statement of comprehensive income

 The amounts recognised in the income statement are as follows:
 Current service costs 
 Interest costs 
 Expected return on plan assets 

 Total included in employee benefits expense 

 Actual return on plan assets 

 The amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income are as follows:
 Actuarial loss/(gain) recognised in the year 

 Cumulative actuarial losses recognised in statement of comprehensive income 

72

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

52.1 
2.0 
2.6 
1.2 
1.3 
(3.9 ) 
0.1 

55.4 

46.3 
3.1 
(1.5 ) 
5.8  
1.3  
(3.9 ) 
0.1 

51.2 

2.0 
2.6 
(3.1 ) 

1.5 

1.6 

2.7 

10.7 

54.9
2.3
2.2
(1.6 )
1.5
(7.3 )
0.1

52.1

42.3
2.8
4.2
2.7
1.5
(7.3 )
0.1

46.3

2.3
2.2
(2.8 )

1.7

7.0

(5.8 )

8.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
($ Million)  

 22 Non-current liabilities – retirement benefit obligations (continued)

  (e) Categories of plan assets

 The major categories of plan assets are as follows:
 Australian Equity 
 International Equity 
 Fixed income 
 Property 
 Cash 
 Other 

 (%)  

  (f) Principal actuarial assumptions

 The principal actuarial assumptions used were as follows:
 Discount rate 
 Expected return on plan assets 
 Future salary increases 

Consolidated

2010 

2009

14.3 
13.8 
7.2 
5.1 
5.1 
5.7 

51.2 

15.3
13.0
4.6
4.2
6.0
3.2

46.3

Consolidated

2010 

2009

4.9 
7.0 
4.0 

5.1
7.0
4.0

The expected rate of return on assets is based on historical and future expectations of returns for each of the major categories of asset classes 
(equities, property, fixed interest and cash) as well as the expected actual allocation of plan assets to these major categories. This resulted in the 
selection of a 7.0% rate of return net of tax and expenses. The discount rate used to value the defined benefit obligation is based on the 10 year 
government bond rate.

  (g) Employer contributions

Employer contributions to the defined benefit section of the plan are based on recommendations by the plan’s actuary. Actuarial assessments are 
made at no more than three yearly intervals, and the last assessment was made as at 1 July 2010.

 Total employer contributions expected to be paid by Group companies for the year ended 31 December 2011 are $4.2 million which includes 
$2.2 million of quarterly top up contributions made to finance the deficit.

  (h) Historic summary

 ($ Million) 

 Defined benefit obligation 
 Plan assets 

 (Deficit) surplus 

 Experience adjustments arising on plan liabilities 
 Experience adjustments arising on plan assets 

2010 

(55.4 ) 
51.2 

(4.2 ) 

1.5 
0.7 

2009 

(52.1 ) 
46.3 

(5.8 ) 

(4.2 ) 
1.3 

2008 

(54.9 ) 
42.3 

(12.6 ) 

18.8 
(6.4 ) 

2007 

(57.9 ) 
60.6 

2.7 

(2.2 ) 
2.1 

2006

(55.9 )
56.0

0.1

(2.4 )
3.2

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
($ Million)  

 23 Contributed equity

  (a) Share capital

 Issued and paid up capital
 635,132,810 (2009: 634,144,970) ordinary shares, fully paid 

 (b) Movements in ordinary share capital

 Opening balance at 1 January 
 987,840 shares issued under Executive Performance Share Plan (2009: 1,130,000) (i) 
 Nil shares issued under Final Dividend Reinvestment Plan (2009: 10,068,621) 
 Nil shares issued under Interim Dividend Reinvestment Plan (2009: 6,673,768) 
 Nil shares issued under institutional equity raising (2009: 47,752,809) 
 Nil shares issued under Share Purchase Plan (2009: 16,031,235) 
 Equity raising transaction costs 

 Closing balance at 31 December 

  (i) Ordinary shares issued under the Adelaide Brighton Ltd Executive Performance Share Plan (refer note 29).

  (c) Ordinary shares

Consolidated

2010 

2009

692.7 

690.4

690.4 
2.3 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

692.7 

540.4
3.1
17.9
18.0
85.0
28.5
(2.5 )

690.4

Ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on winding up the Company in proportion to the number of and 
amounts paid on the shares held. On a show of hands every holder of ordinary shares present at a meeting in person or by proxy, is entitled to one 
vote and, on a poll, each share is entitled to one vote.

Ordinary shares have no par value and the Company does not have a limited amount of authorised capital.

 (d) Dividend reinvestment plan

 In February 2010 the Company suspended the dividend reinvestment plan with immediate effect until further notice.

  (e) Capital risk management

 The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard their ability to continue as a going concern, so that they can continue to provide 
returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.

 In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, issue shares as well as the 
issue of new debt or the redemption of existing debt. The Group monitors capital on the basis of the gearing ratio.

 The Company has an implied BBB+ credit rating and chooses not to apply for an official credit rating. The gearing ratios at 31 December were as 
follows:

 ($ Million)  

 Total borrowings 
 Less: cash and cash equivalents 

 Net debt 
 Total equity 

 Total capital 

 Gearing ratio 

Consolidated

2010 

151.2 
(2.8 ) 

148.4 
934.3 

2009

200.9
(25.5 )

175.4
897.0

1,082.7 

1,072.4

15.9 % 

19.6 %

74

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
($ Million)  

 24 Reserves and retained earnings

  (a) Reserves

 Foreign currency translation reserve 
 Share-based payment reserve 

 Foreign currency translation reserve
 Opening balance at 1 January 
 Currency translation differences arising during the year 

 Closing balance at 31 December 

 Share-based payment reserve
 Opening balance at 1 January 
 Awards expense 
 Deferred tax 
 Issue of shares to employees 

 Closing balance at 31 December 

 (b) Retained earnings

 Opening balance at 1 January 
 Net profit for the year 
 Actuarial (loss)/gain on defined benefit obligation (net of tax) 
 Dividends 

 Closing balance at 31 December 

  (c) Nature and purpose of reserves

  (i) Foreign currency translation reserve

Consolidated

2010 

2009

- 
2.6 

2.6 

- 
- 

- 

2.9 
1.1 
(0.1 ) 
(1.3 ) 

2.6 

200.6 
151.5 
(1.9 ) 
(114.2 ) 

236.0 

-
2.9

2.9

0.1
(0.1 )

-

3.4
0.8
0.4
(1.7 )

2.9

155.0
123.1
4.0
(81.5 )

200.6

Exchange differences arising on translation of the foreign controlled entities (Adelaide Brighton Cement Inc., Fuel and Combustion Technology 
International Inc., and Fuel and Combustion Technology International Ltd) are taken to the foreign currency translation reserve, as described in 
note 1(d)(iii).

  (ii) Share-based payment reserve

 The share-based payment reserve is used to recognise the fair value of Awards issued but not exercised.

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
($ Million)  

 25 Dividends

 Dividends paid during the year
 2009 final dividend of 8.0 cents (2008 – 8.5 cents) per fully paid ordinary share, franked at 100% 
 (2008 – 100%) paid on 12 April 2010 
 2010 interim dividend of 7.5 cents (2009 – 5.5 cents) per fully paid ordinary share, franked at 100% 
 (2009 – 100%) paid on 11 October 2010 
 2010 special dividend of 2.5 cents per fully paid ordinary share, franked at 100% paid on 11 October 2010 

 Total dividends 

 Paid in cash 
 Satisfied by issue of shares under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan 

 Dividends not recognised at year end
 Since the end of the year the Directors have recommended the payment of a final dividend of 9.0 cents 
 (2009 – 8.0 cents) per fully paid share, franked at 100% (2009 – 100%). The aggregate amount of the 
 proposed final dividend to be paid on 11 April 2011, not recognised as a liability at the end of the 
 reporting period, is  
 In addition a special dividend of 2.5 cents (2009 – nil) franked at 100% was declared payable coincident 
 with the final dividend. The aggregate amount of the proposed special dividend expected to be paid on 
 11 April 2011, not recognised as a liability at the end of the reporting period, is 

 Franked dividends

 The franked portions of the dividends proposed as at 31 December 2010 will be franked out of existing 
 franking credits or out of franking credits arising from the payment of income tax in the year ending 
 31 December 2011.
 Franking credits available for subsequent financial years based on a tax rate of 30% (2009 – 30%) 

The Company

2010 

2009

50.7 

47.6 
15.9 

114.2 

114.2 
- 

47.0

34.5
-

81.5

45.6
35.9

57.2 

50.7

15.9 

-

53.4 

53.1

 The above amounts represent the balance of the franking account as at the end of the financial year, adjusted for:

  (a) franking credits that will arise from the payment of any current tax liability

 (b) franking debits that will arise from the payment of dividends recognised as a liability at the reporting date

  (c) franking credits that will arise from the receipt of dividends recognised as receivables at the reporting date.

The impact on the franking account of the dividend recommended by the Directors since year end, but not recognised as a liability at year end, will be 
a reduction in the franking account of $31.3 million (2009: $21.7 million).

76

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
flow interest rate risk. Due to the historically 
low levels of gearing, Group policy is to 
take on senior debt facilities on a one to five 
year term with fixed bank lending margins 
associated with each term. Cash advances 
to meet short and medium term borrowing 
requirements are drawn down against the 
senior debt lending facilities on a 30, 60 
or 90 day basis, at a variable lending rate 
comprising the fixed bank margin applied to 
the daily bank bill swap rate effective at the 
date of each bank bill. During both 2010 and 
2009, the Group’s borrowings at variable 
rate were denominated in Australian Dollars.

The Group analyses its interest rate 
exposure on a dynamic basis. Periodically, 
various scenarios are simulated taking 
into consideration refinancing, renewal of 
existing positions, alternative financing and 
hedging. Based on these scenarios, the 
Group calculates the impact on forecast 
profit and loss of a defined interest rate 
shift. The scenarios are run only for liabilities 
that represent the major interest-bearing 
positions. Based on the latest calculations 
performed, the impact on profit and equity 
of a 100 basis-point movement would 
be a maximum increase/decrease of 
$1.5 million (2009: $2.0 million). A 100 
basis-point sensitivity has been selected 
as this is considered reasonable given the 
current level of both short term and long 
term Australian dollar interest rates.

 26 Financial risk management

  (a) Market risk

  (i) Foreign exchange risk

The Group’s activities through its overseas 
cement, clinker and equipment purchases 
expose it to foreign exchange risk arising 
from various currency exposures, primarily 
with respect to the US Dollar and the 
Japanese Yen.

Foreign exchange risk arises from future 
commercial transactions and recognised 
assets and liabilities that are denominated in 
a currency that is not the entity’s functional 
currency. The risk is measured using 
sensitivity analysis and cash flow forecasting.

The Group enters into foreign exchange 
forward contracts to hedge its foreign 
exchange risk on these overseas trading 
activities against movements in the 
Australian dollar.

The Group Treasury’s risk management 
policy is to hedge commitments for 
purchases for up to six months forward. 
Longer hedge positions are deemed too 
expensive versus the value at risk due to the 
respective currencies’ interest rate spread. 
Derivative instruments entered into by the 
Group do not qualify for hedge accounting.

  (ii) Cash flow interest rate risk

The Group’s main interest rate risk arises 
from bank borrowings. Borrowings issued 
at variable rates expose the Group to cash 

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety 
of financial risks: market risk (including 
currency risk and interest rate risk), credit 
risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall 
risk management program focuses on the 
unpredictability of financial markets and 
seeks to minimise potential adverse effects 
on the financial performance of the Group.

The Board approves written principles 
for overall risk management, as well as 
policies covering specific areas, such 
as foreign exchange risk, interest rate 
risk, credit risk, use of derivative and 
non-derivative financial instruments and 
investment of excess liquidity. The Group 
does not enter into or trade financial 
instruments, including derivative financial 
instruments, for speculative purposes.

The Group uses different methods to 
measure different types of risk to which it is 
exposed. These methods include sensitivity 
analysis in the case of interest rate, foreign 
exchange and other price risks, and ageing 
analysis for credit risk. The Group uses 
derivative financial instruments in the form 
of foreign exchange contracts to hedge 
certain currency risk exposures.

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair 
value at the date a derivative contract 
is entered into and are subsequently 
remeasured at their fair value at each 
reporting date. The Company does not 
utilise hedge accounting as permitted 
under AIFRS.

The Group’s Corporate Treasury Function 
provides services to the business, 
co-ordinates access to domestic financial 
markets and monitors and manages the 
financial risks relating to the operations of 
the Group. The Group Corporate Treasury 
Function reports to the Board on a monthly 
basis an analysis of exposures by degree 
and magnitude of risk.

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

77

 26  Financial risk management (continued)

  (a) Market risk (continued)

  (iii) Summarised sensitivity analysis

The following table summarises the sensitivity of the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities to interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk.

 2010       ($ Million) 

 Financial assets
 Cash 
 Receivables 

 Financial liabilities
 Borrowings 
 Payables 

 Total increase/(decrease) 

 2009       ($ Million) 

 Financial assets
 Cash 
 Receivables 

 Financial liabilities
 Borrowings 
 Payables 
 Limited recourse loan 

 Total increase/(decrease) 

Notes 

6 
7 & 10 

16 & 19 
15 

Notes 

6 
7 & 10 

16 & 19 
15 
18 

Interest rate risk 

Foreign exchange
risk

-1.0% 

+1.0% 

-10% 

+10%

Consolidated 
Carrying Value 

Consolidated 
Profit & Equity 

Consolidated
Profit & Equity

2.8 
183.7 

186.5 

151.2 
105.4 

256.6 

- 
(0.3 ) 

(0.3 ) 

1.5 
- 

1.5 

1.2 

- 
0.3 

0.3 

(1.5 ) 
-  

(1.5 ) 

(1.2 ) 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

-
-

-

-
-

-

-

Interest rate risk 

Foreign exchange
risk

-1.0% 

+1.0% 

-10% 

+10%

Consolidated 
Carrying Value 

Consolidated 
Profit & Equity 

Consolidated
Profit & Equity

25.5 
193.2 

218.7 

200.9 
106.1 
12.3 

319.3 

(0.3 ) 
(0.3 ) 

(0.6 ) 

2.0 
- 
- 

2.0 

1.4 

0.3 
0.3 

0.6 

(2.0 ) 
-  
-  

(2.0 ) 

(1.4 ) 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

-
-

-

-
-
-

-

-

78

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 26 Financial risk management (continued)

 (b) Credit risk

Credit risk is managed on a group basis using delegated regional authority limits. Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, derivative financial 
instruments and deposits with banks and financial institutions, as well as credit exposures to customers, including outstanding receivables and 
committed transactions.

For banks and financial institutions, only independently rated parties with a minimum rating of ‘A’ are accepted. For trading credit risk wholesale 
customers are rated using external independent agency ratings and if there is no independent rating, Credit Control assesses the credit quality of 
the customer, taking into account its financial position, past experience, external credit agency reports and credit references. Individual risk limits are 
set based on internal or external ratings in accordance with delegated authority limits set by the Board. The compliance with credit limits by credit 
approved customers is regularly monitored by line credit management. Sales to retail customers are settled either in cash or using major credit cards, 
mitigating credit risk.

Credit risk further arises in relation to financial guarantees given to certain parties. Such guarantees are only provided in exceptional circumstances 
and are subject to appropriate approval.

The Group has no significant concentration of credit risk. The Group has policies and procedures in place to ensure that sales are made to customers 
with an appropriate credit history. With a small number of customers, with uncertain credit history, the Group has taken out personal guarantees 
in order to cover credit exposures. As at 31 December 2010, the Group held no collateral over outstanding debts. Consequently, the maximum 
exposure to credit risk represents the carrying value of receivables and derivatives. Derivative counterparties and cash transactions are limited to high 
credit quality institutions.

  (c) Liquidity risk

The ultimate responsibility for liquidity risk management rests with the Board which has established an appropriate risk management framework for 
the management of the Group’s short, medium and long-term funding and liquidity management requirements. The Group’s Corporate Treasury 
Function manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate reserves, banking facilities and reserve borrowing facilities by continuously monitoring 
forecast and actual cash flows and matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities. Included below is a statement of undrawn facilities 
that the Group and Company has at its disposal to further reduce liquidity risk.

 ($ Million)  

 Financing arrangements
 Unrestricted access was available at balance date to the following lines of credit:
 Credit standby arrangements
 Total facilities
   Bank overdrafts 
   Bank facilities – external parties 
   Lease liabilities 

 Used at balance date
   Bank overdrafts 
   Bank facilities – external parties 
   Lease liabilities 

 Unused at balance date
   Bank overdrafts 
   Bank facilities – external parties 

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

Consolidated

2010 

2009

4.0 
360.0 
0.9 

364.9 

0.8 
149.5 
0.9 

151.2 

3.2 
210.5 

213.7 

4.0
520.0
1.3

525.3

-
199.6
1.3

200.9

4.0
320.4

324.4

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 26 Financial risk management (continued)

The table below analyses the Group’s financial liabilities that will be settled on a gross basis. The amounts disclosed are the contractual undiscounted 
cash flows. The interest rate used is 7% (2009: 6%) based on current bank borrowing rates and current expectations.

 ($ Million)  

 Ageing of financial liabilities into relevant maturity groups:
 Less than 1 year
   Lease liabilities (note 16) 
   Bank overdraft (note 16) 

 Between 1 and 2 years
   Bank borrowings – external parties (note 19) 
   Lease liabilities (note 19) 

Consolidated

2010 

2009

0.2 
0.8 

1.0 

160.0 
0.7 

160.7 

0.4
-

0.4

211.6
0.9

212.5

 (d) Fair value measurements

The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities must be estimated for recognition and measurement or for disclosure purposes. The fair value 
of forward exchange contracts is determined using forward exchange market rates at the balance sheet date.

The carrying value less impairment provision of trade receivables and payables are assumed to approximate their fair values due to their short-term 
nature. The fair value of financial liabilities for disclosure purposes is estimated by discounting the future contractual cash flows at the current market 
interest rate that is available to the Group for similar financial instruments.

The carrying amounts of financial assets and liabilities of the Group and the Company at balance date equate fair values. Fair value is exclusive of 
costs which would be incurred on realisation of an asset, and inclusive of costs which would be incurred on settlement of a liability.

 27 Contingencies

 Details and estimates of maximum amounts of contingent liabilities are as follows:

 ($ Million)  

  (a) Guarantees

 Bank guarantees 

 (b) Litigation

Consolidated

2010 

2009

15.3 

12.3

At the time of preparing this financial report some companies included in the Group are parties to pending legal proceedings, the outcome of which is 
not known. The entities are defending, or prosecuting, these proceedings. The Directors have assessed the impact on the Group from the individual 
actions. No material losses are anticipated in respect of any of the above contingent liabilities.

80

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
($ Million)  

 28 Commitments for expenditure

  (a) Capital commitments – Property, plant & equipment

Consolidated

2010 

2009

 Capital expenditure contracted for at the reporting date but not recognised as liabilities is as follows:
 Within one year 

15.4 

11.3

 (b) Lease commitments

  (i) Finance leases

 Commitments in relation to finance leases are payable as follows:
 Within one year 
 Later than one year but not later than five years 

 Minimum lease payments 
 Less: Future finance charges 

 Recognised as a liability 

 Representing lease liabilities:
 Current (note 16) 
 Non-current (note 19) 

  (ii) Operating leases

 Commitments in relation to operating leases contracted for at the reporting date, but not recognised 
 as liabilities, are payable as follows:
 Within one year 
 Later than one year but not later than five years 
 Later than five years 

 Commitments for operating lease payments relate mainly to rental leases on property.

  (iii) Other purchase commitments

 Commitments in relation to other purchases contracted for at the reporting date, but not recognised 
 as liabilities, are payable as follows:
 Within one year 
 Later than one year but not later than five years 
 Later than five years 

 Commitments for other purchases relate mainly to energy purchases.

0.2 
0.7 

0.9 
- 

0.9 

0.2 
0.7 

0.9 

2.5 
5.3 
26.2 

34.0 

0.4
0.9

1.3
-

1.3

0.4
0.9

1.3

2.6
5.5
16.4

24.5

48.4 
176.0 
34.1 

258.5 

34.9
198.6
60.0

293.5

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 29 Share-based payment plans

  (a) Employee Share Plan

The establishment of the Adelaide Brighton Ltd Employee Share Plan was approved by special resolution at the Annual General Meeting of the 
Company held on 19 November 1997. All full time employees of the Company and its controlled entities who have been continuously employed by 
the Company or a controlled entity for a period of one year are eligible to participate in the Plan. Casual employees and contractors are not eligible to 
participate in the Plan.

No shares were issued under the Employee Share Plan during the year (2009 – nil). In subsequent years, the Board will decide whether, considering 
the profitability of the Company and the demands of the business, further invitations to take up grants of shares should be made.

 (b) Executive Performance Share Plan

The Adelaide Brighton Ltd Executive Performance Share Plan (“the Plan”) provides for grants of Awards to the Managing Director and eligible 
executives. This plan was approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting held on 19 November 1997. In accordance with the requirements 
of the ASX Listing Rules, the Awards since granted to the Managing Director have been approved by shareholders.

Under the Plan, eligible executives are granted Awards (each being an entitlement to a fully paid ordinary share of Adelaide Brighton Ltd, subject to 
the satisfaction of performance conditions) on terms and conditions determined by the Board.

 2007 Award
Under the Plan, Participants were invited to apply to take up an Award up to a maximum number of shares, divided into three equal tranches 
exercisable no earlier than 1 May 2009, 1 May 2010 and 1 May 2011 respectively. The total number of Awards granted under the 2007 Award was 
3,650,000 with 1,002,840 exercised during the period (2009 – 1,115,000). During the period 60,000 Awards were granted. The grant date of the 
2007 Awards is set out on page 83.

The total number of Awards that lapsed during the period was 372,160 (2009 – Nil).

 2010 Award
Under the Plan, Participants were invited to apply to take up an Award up to a maximum number of shares, divided into three tranches exercisable no 
earlier than 1 May 2012, 1 May 2013 and 1 May 2014 respectively. The total number of awards granted under the 2010 Award was 4,155,000 with 
none exercised by 31 December 2010. During the period 4,155,000 Awards were granted. The grant date of the 2010 Awards is set out on page 84.

 Performance conditions
Detailed discussion of 2007 Award and 2010 Award performance conditions is set out in the Remuneration Report on pages 43 to 44.

During 2010, 987,840 shares were issued under the Plan on the exercise of Tranche 2 under the 2007 Award, following the Board’s determination 
that:

  • Earnings per share exercise condition applicable to 50% of exercisable Awards had been partially satisfied for Tranche 2; and

  • Total Shareholder Return exercise condition applicable to 50% of exercisable Awards had been satisfied for Tranche 2.

The value per share at the date of exercise is the Volume Weighted Average Price (VWAP) calculated by the Australian Securities Exchange Limited on 
the exercise date. The aggregate value of Awards exercised during the year is $2,917,624 based on the VWAP on the date of exercise.

 Balance of Awards
As at 31 December 2010, if the exercise conditions are satisfied and the remaining balance of all currently approved Awards are exercised, the 
Company would be obliged to transfer:

  • 1,160,000 shares to the Participants, under the 2007 Award (2009 – 2,460,000 shares)

  • 4,155,000 shares to the Participants, under the 2010 Award (2009 – Nil shares)

The Plan does not entitle the Participants to participate in any other share issues of the Company and the unexercised Awards do not attract dividend 
or voting rights. The Plan is accounted for by the Company in accordance with note 1(v)(iv), with $1,117,656 (2009 - $803,442) recognised as an 
expense during the year.

82

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

 
 
 
 
($ Million)  

 30 Key management personnel disclosures

  (a) Compensation of key management personnel

 Short-term employee benefits 
 Post-employment benefits 
 Share-based payments 
 Termination benefits 

Consolidated

2010 

2009

8.9 
0.2 
0.9 
0.1 

10.1 

8.8
0.2
0.7
-

9.7

The Company has applied the exemption under Amendment to Australian Accounting Standard - Key Management Personnel Disclosures by 
Disclosing Entities which exempts disclosing companies from the application of AASB 124 paragraphs AUS 25.2 to AUS 25.6 and AUS 25.7.1 and 
AUS 25.7.2 as the requirements are now incorporated into the Corporations Act and are provided in the section titled Remuneration Report included 
in the Directors Report designated as audited on pages 38 to 47.

 (b) Awards holdings of key management personnel

The number of Awards granted as compensation and details of Awards vested, exercised or lapsed during the year are disclosed in the Remuneration 
Report on page 45.

For the purposes of pricing model inputs, the exercise price of awards is based on the closing published share price at grant date. The assessed fair 
value at grant date of Awards granted to the individuals is allocated equally over the period from grant date to vesting date. Fair values at the grant 
date are independently determined using Black Scholes option pricing model that takes into account the exercise price, the term of the Awards, the 
lack of marketability, the impact of TSR vesting condition (applicable to 50% of Awards), the expected future dividends and the risk free interest rate 
for the term of the Award.

 2007 Awards grant - pricing model inputs

Number of 
awards 

Grant 
date 

Exercise 
price 

Value per 
award at 
grant date 

Expected 
annual 
dividends 

Risk-free 
interest 
rate 

Lack of 
marketability 
discount 

TSR
condition
discount

$ 

$ 

$ 

% 

2.81 
2.81 
2.81 

435,000 
435,000 
435,000 

31/12/06 
31/12/06 
31/12/06 

 M P Chellew
   Tranche 1 
   Tranche 2 
   Tranche 3 
 M Brydon
   Tranche 1 
   Tranche 2 
   Tranche 3 
 A D Poulter, M R D Clayton, M A Finney, M Kelly and S J Toppenberg
   Tranche 1 
   Tranche 2 
   Tranche 3 
 S B Rogers
   Tranche 2 
   Tranche 3 

31/12/06 
31/12/06 
31/12/06 

01/03/07 
01/03/07 
01/03/07 

100,000 
100,000 
100,000 

100,000 
100,000 
100,000 

03/03/08 
03/03/08 

100,000 
100,000 

2.81 
2.81 
2.81 

3.31 
3.31 
3.31 

3.37 
3.37 

1.495 
1.275 
1.080 

1.745 
1.485 
1.260 

1.495 
1.275 
1.080 

1.755 
1.480 

0.125 
0.125 
0.125 

0.145 
0.145 
0.145 

0.125 
0.125 
0.125 

0.165 
0.165 

6.10 
6.10 
6.10 

5.92 
5.92 
5.92 

6.10 
6.10 
6.10 

6.14 
6.14 

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

% 

3.0 
6.0 
9.0 

3.0 
6.0 
9.0 

3.0 
6.0 
9.0 

6.6 
9.6 

%

50.0
50.0
50.0

50.0
50.0
50.0

50.0
50.0
50.0

50.0
50.0

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 30 Key management personnel disclosures (continued)

 (b) Awards holdings of key management personnel (continued)

 2010 Awards grant - pricing model inputs

Number of 
awards 

Grant 
date 

Exercise 
price 

Value per 
award at 
grant date 

Expected 
annual 
dividends 

Risk-free 
interest 
rate 

Lack of 
marketability 
discount 

TSR
condition
discount

180,000 
180,000 
240,000 

540,000 
540,000 
720,000 

 M P Chellew
   Tranche 1 
   Tranche 2 
   Tranche 3 
 M Brydon
   Tranche 1 
   Tranche 2 
   Tranche 3 
 M Kelly
   Tranche 1 
   Tranche 2 
   Tranche 3 
 M A Finney and S B Rogers
   Tranche 1 
   Tranche 2 
   Tranche 3 
 M R D Clayton
   Tranche 1 
   Tranche 2 
   Tranche 3 
 S J Toppenberg
   Tranche 1 
   Tranche 2 
   Tranche 3 

150,000 
150,000 
200,000 

97,500 
97,500 
130,000 

90,000 
90,000 
120,000 

60,000 
60,000 
80,000 

$ 

$ 

$ 

% 

04/06/2010 
04/06/2010 
04/06/2010 

04/06/2010 
04/06/2010 
04/06/2010 

04/06/2010 
04/06/2010 
04/06/2010 

04/06/2010 
04/06/2010 
04/06/2010 

04/06/2010 
04/06/2010 
04/06/2010 

04/06/2010 
04/06/2010 
04/06/2010 

2.81 
2.81 
2.81 

2.81 
2.81 
2.81 

2.81 
2.81 
2.81 

2.81 
2.81 
2.81 

2.81 
2.81 
2.81 

2.81 
2.81 
2.81 

1.585 
1.330 
1.095 

1.585 
1.330 
1.095 

1.585 
1.330 
1.095 

1.585 
1.330 
1.095 

1.585 
1.330 
1.095 

1.585 
1.330 
1.095 

0.17 
0.18 
0.19 

0.17 
0.18 
0.19 

0.17 
0.18 
0.19 

0.17 
0.18 
0.19 

0.17 
0.18 
0.19 

0.17 
0.18 
0.19 

4.79 
4.79 
4.79 

4.79 
4.79 
4.79 

4.79 
4.79 
4.79 

4.79 
4.79 
4.79 

4.79 
4.79 
4.79 

4.79 
4.79 
4.79 

% 

3.0 
6.0 
9.0 

3.0 
6.0 
9.0 

3.0 
6.0 
9.0 

3.0 
6.0 
9.0 

3.0 
6.0 
9.0 

3.0 
6.0 
9.0 

%

50.0
50.0
50.0

50.0
50.0
50.0

50.0
50.0
50.0

50.0
50.0
50.0

50.0
50.0
50.0

50.0
50.0
50.0

84

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 30 Key management personnel disclosures (continued)

  (c) Shareholdings of key management personnel

The movement during the reporting period in the number of ordinary shares in Adelaide Brighton Ltd held directly, indirectly or beneficially, by each 
key management person, including their related parties, is as follows:

Number of shares held in Adelaide Brighton Limited at 31 December 2010

 Non-executive Directors
 M A Kinnaird1 
 C L Harris 
 L V Hosking 
 G F Pettigrew  
 R D Barro 
 K B Scott-Mackenzie2 
 Executive Director
 M P Chellew 
 Senior executives
 A D Poulter3 
 M R D Clayton 
 M Brydon 
 M A Finney 
 M Kelly  
 S J Toppenberg 
 S B Rogers 

Balance at 
start of year 

98,764 
70,479 
4,739 
7,739 
29,258,979 
- 

448,366 

122,600 
23 
7,739 
244,688 
44,615 
- 
- 

Received on 
exercise of EPSP 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

341,040 

78,400 
78,400 
78,400 
78,400 
78,400 
78,400 
78,400 

Other changes 

(98,764 ) 
- 
- 
- 
117,920,663 
- 

(341,040 ) 

(201,000 ) 
(78,350 ) 
(86,139 ) 
(244,688 ) 
(113,015 ) 
(78,400 ) 
(78,400 ) 

Balance at
end of year

-
70,479
4,739
7,739
147,179,642
-

448,366

-
73
-
78,400
10,000
-
-

 Total 

30,308,731 

889,840 

116,600,867 

147,799,438

1  M A Kinnaird retired on 19 May 2010 therefore his equity holding has been reduced to nil at 31 December 2010 through ‘other changes’.

2 K B Scott-Mackenzie appointed 26 July 2010

3  A D Poulter ceased employment effective 1 May 2010 therefore his equity holding has been reduced to nil at 31 December 2010 through ‘other changes’.

 Number of shares held in Adelaide Brighton Limited at 31 December 2009

 Non-executive Directors
 M A Kinnaird 
 C L Harris 
 J D McNerney1 
 L V Hosking 
 G F Pettigrew  
 R D Barro 
 Executive Director
 M P Chellew 
 Senior executives
 A D Poulter 
 M R D Clayton 
 M Brydon 
 M A Finney 
 M Kelly  
 S J Toppenberg 
 S B Rogers 

Balance at 
start of year 

74,286 
65,001 
101,000 
2,000 
5,000 
18,001,696 

440,149 

101,613 
4,357 
5,000 
170,000 
936 
- 
- 

Received on 
exercise of EPSP 

Other changes 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

435,000 

100,000 
100,000 
100,000 
100,000 
100,000 
100,000 
- 

24,478 
5,478 
(101,000 ) 
2,739 
2,739 
11,257,283 

(426,783 ) 

(79,013 ) 
(104,334 ) 
(97,261 ) 
(25,312 ) 
(56,321 ) 
(100,000 ) 
- 

Balance at
end of year

98,764
70,479
-
4,739
7,739
29,258,979

448,366

122,600
23
7,739
244,688
44,615
-
-

 Total 

18,971,038 

1,035,000 

10,302,693 

30,308,731

  1 J D McNerney resigned on 21 May 2009 therefore his equity holding has been reduced to nil at 31 December 2009 through ‘other changes’.

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

85

 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 30 Key management personnel disclosures (continued)

 (d) Other transactions with key management personnel

R D Barro a Director of Adelaide Brighton Ltd, is Managing Director of Barro Group Pty Ltd. Barro Group Pty Ltd and Adelaide Brighton Ltd, through 
its 100% owned subsidiary, Adelaide Brighton Management Ltd, each control 50% of Independent Cement and Lime Pty Ltd, a distributor of cement 
and lime in Victoria and New South Wales.

During the year, the Barro Group of Companies purchased goods and materials from and sold goods, materials and services to Independent Cement 
and Lime Pty Ltd. The Barro Group of Companies also purchased goods and materials from Sunstate Cement Ltd, a Company in which the Group 
has a 50% share.

M P Chellew, an executive Director of Adelaide Brighton Ltd and M Brydon, a senior executive of Adelaide Brighton Ltd, are Directors of Sunstate 
Cement Ltd. M Brydon, a senior executive of Adelaide Brighton Ltd, is a Director of Independent Cement and Lime Pty Ltd. During the year, the 
Group traded significantly with both Independent Cement and Lime Pty Ltd and Sunstate Cement Ltd.

All transactions involving the Barro Group Pty Ltd and Adelaide Brighton Ltd and its subsidiaries, Independent Cement and Lime Pty Ltd and its 
subsidiaries and Sunstate Cement Ltd were conducted on standard commercial terms.

From time to time Directors of the Company or its controlled entities, or their related parties, may purchase goods from the Group. These purchases 
are on the same terms and conditions as those entered into by other Group employees. These transactions are conducted on standard commercial 
terms.

Consolidated

 ($)  

 Aggregate amounts of the above transactions with the Directors and their related parties:
 Sales to Director related parties 
 Purchases from Director related parties 

2010 

2009

54,635,103 
5,703,412 

47,953,384
5,973,628

 31 Remuneration of auditors

During the year the following fees were paid or payable for services provided by the auditor of the parent entity, its related practices 
and non-related audit firms:

  (a) Audit services

 PricewaterhouseCoopers Australian firm
 Audit and review of financial statements 

 Total remuneration for audit services 

 (b) Non-audit services

 PricewaterhouseCoopers Australian firm
 Other assurance services 

 Total remuneration for non-audit services 

 32 Related parties

  (a) Key management personnel

805,245 

762,233

805,245 

762,233

152,865 

152,865 

92,184

92,184

 Disclosures relating to key management personnel are set out in note 30.

 (b) Controlled entities

 Details of interests in controlled entities are set out in note 33. The ultimate parent Company is Adelaide Brighton Ltd.

  (c) Joint venture entities

Details of interests in joint venture entities are set out in note 11(a). Nature of transactions with joint venture entities:

Adelaide Brighton Cement Ltd and Morgan Cement International Ltd supplied finished products and raw materials to Sunstate Cement Ltd and 
Independent Cement and Lime Pty Ltd. Hy-Tec Industries (Victoria) Pty Ltd, Hy-Tec Industries (Queensland) Pty Ltd, Adbri Masonry Group Pty Ltd 
and Adelaide Brighton Cement Ltd purchased raw materials from Sunstate Cement Ltd and Independent Cement and Lime Pty Ltd. Alternative Fuel 
Company Pty Ltd supplied waste fuel materials to Adelaide Brighton Cement Ltd.

All transactions are on normal commercial terms and conditions and transactions for the supply of raw materials and finished products are covered by 
shareholder agreements.

86

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 32 Related parties (continued)

 (d) Transactions with related parties

 ($’000)  

 The following transactions occurred with related parties:
 Sales of goods
 - Joint venture entities 
 Purchases of materials and goods
 - Joint venture entities 
 Interest revenue
 - Joint venture entities 
 - Other related parties 
 Dividend income
 - Joint venture entities 
 Superannuation contributions
 - Contributions to superannuation funds on behalf of employees 
 Loans advanced to/(from):
 - Joint venture entities 
 - Other related parties 

  (e) Outstanding balances arising from sales/purchases of goods and services

 The following balances are outstanding at the reporting date in relation to transactions with related parties:
 Current receivables
 - Joint venture entities (interest) 
 - Joint venture entities (trade) 
 Non-current receivables
 - Joint venture entities (loans) 
 - Other related parties (loans) 
 Current payables
 - Joint venture entities (trade) 

Consolidated

2010 

2009

183,758 

137,093

32,863 

29,550

985 
105 

697
205

16,910 

22,695

442 

421 
(262 ) 

210

3,214
(287 )

507 
16,357 

28,655 
1,473 

288
15,375

28,234
1,735

2,497 

2,824

Outstanding balances are unsecured and repayable in cash. No provisions for doubtful receivables have been raised in relation to any outstanding 
balances.

  (f) Loans to related parties

A loan to Adelaide Brighton Cement Ltd of $82,860,247 funds a capital reduction payment. The loan is subordinated and is only repayable after full 
repayment of external borrowings. There was no interest charged on the outstanding balance during the reporting year. All other loans to and from 
Group entities are repayable at call.

The Company has provided Adbri Masonry Group Pty Ltd with a loan of $42,718,929. There was no interest charged on the outstanding balance 
during the reporting year.

A loan to Independent Cement and Lime Pty Ltd has interest charged at the ruling commercial rates on the outstanding balance. Interest revenue 
brought to account by the Group during the reporting year on this loan was $985,000 (2009: $697,000).

A loan to Alternative Fuel Company Pty Ltd has no interest charged due to an interest waiver deed waiving the requirement of interest being paid until 
28 February 2011.

The Company has provided MCB Wingfield Pty Ltd (MCBW), with a loan of $2.75 million to fund the construction of the waste processing plant at 
the site owned by MCBW at Wingfield, South Australia. The site and the plant are leased to Alternative Fuel Company Pty Ltd and Resourceco. 
MCBW’s obligations to the Company under the loan documents are secured by various securities including a deed of charge over all of the assets 
and undertaking of MCBW and a real property mortgage over the entire parcel of land. Interest revenue brought to account by the Group during the 
reporting year on this loan was $105,000 (2009: $205,000).

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 33 Investments in controlled entities 

 Name of entity 

Place of 
incorporation 

Class of 
shares 

Equity holding

2010 
% 

2009
%

 Adelaide Brighton Ltd
 Adelaide Brighton Cement Ltd2 
 Adelaide Brighton Cement Inc 
 Adelaide Brighton Cement Investments Pty Ltd2 
 Adelaide Brighton Management Ltd2 
 Adelaide Brighton Cement International Pty Ltd1 
 Adelaide Brighton Intellectual Property Pty Ltd1 
 Cement Resources Consolidated Pty Ltd1 
 Cockburn Cement Ltd2 
 Hy-Tec Industries (Queensland) Pty Ltd2 
 Northern Cement Ltd2 
 Premier Resources Ltd2 
 Adbri Masonry Group Pty Ltd2 
 Adelaide Brighton Cement Ltd 
 Exmouth Limestone Pty Ltd1 
 Adelaide Brighton Cement Inc
 Adelaide Brighton Cement (Florida) Inc 
 Adelaide Brighton Cement (Hawaii) Inc 
 Hileah (Florida) Management Inc 
 Adelaide Brighton Management Ltd
 Accendo Pty Ltd1 
 Global Cement Australia Pty Ltd1 
 Hurd Haulage Pty Ltd1 
 K.C. Mawson Pty Ltd1 
 Adelaide Brighton Cement International Pty Ltd
 Adelaide Brighton Cement Inc 
 Fuel & Combustion Technology International Ltd 
 Fuel & Combustion Technology International Ltd
 Fuel & Combustion Technology International Inc 
 Northern Cement Ltd
 Mataranka Lime Pty Ltd1 
 Cockburn Cement Ltd
 Cockburn Waters Pty Ltd1 
 Hydrated Lime Pty Ltd1 
 Chemical Unit Trust1  
 Kalgoorlie Lime & Chemical Company Pty Ltd1 
 Premier Resources Ltd
 Hy-Tec Industries Pty Ltd2 
 Hy-Tec Industries (Victoria) Pty Ltd2 
 Bonfoal Pty Ltd1 
 Aus-10 Rhyolite Pty Ltd1 
 Morgan Cement International Pty Ltd2 
 Hy-Tec Industries (Victoria) Pty Ltd
 CRC2 Pty Ltd1 
 CRC3 Pty Ltd1 
 Hy-Tec Industries (Victoria) No 1 Pty Ltd1 
 Hy-Tec Industries (Victoria) No 2 Pty Ltd1 
 Sheltacrete Pty Ltd1 
 Adbri Masonry Group Pty Ltd
 Adbri Masonry Pty Ltd2 
 Adbri Mining Products Pty Ltd2 
 C&M Masonry Products Pty Ltd2 
 Betta Brick Pty Ltd1 
 C&M Brick (Bendigo) Pty Ltd1 
 C&M Design/Construct Pty Ltd1 

South Australia 
Washington USA 
South Australia 
South Australia 
South Australia 
South Australia 
South Australia 
Western Australia 
South Australia 
Northern Territory 
New South Wales 
Victoria 

Western Australia 

Florida USA 
Hawaii USA 
Florida USA 

South Australia 
New South Wales 
Victoria 
New South Wales 

Wash. State USA 
United Kingdom 

USA 

South Australia 

Western Australia 
Western Australia 
Western Australia 
Western Australia 

New South Wales 
New South Wales 
New South Wales 
New South Wales 
New South Wales 

Victoria 
Victoria 
New South Wales 
New South Wales 
New South Wales 

Queensland 
Queensland 
South Australia 
Victoria 
Victoria 
Victoria 

Ord 
Ord 
Ord 
Ord 
Ord 
Ord 
Ord 
Ord 
Ord 
Ord 
Ord 
Ord 

Ord 

Ord 
Ord 
Ord 

Ord 
Ord 
Ord 
Ord 

Ord 
Ord 

Ord 

Ord 

Ord 
Ord 
Units 
Ord 

Ord 
Ord 
Ord 
Ord 
Ord 

Ord 
Ord 
Ord 
Ord 
Ord 

Ord 
Ord 
Ord 
Ord 
Ord 
Ord 

100 
80 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

51 

100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 

20 
100 

100 

100 

100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 
100 
100 

100
80
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

51

100
100
100

100
100
100
100

20
100

100

100

100
100
100
100

100
100
100
100
100

100
100
100
100
100

100
100
100
100
100
100

1  Small proprietary Company as defined by the Corporations Act and is not required to be audited for statutory purposes.

2  These controlled entities have been granted relief from the necessity to prepare financial reports in accordance with Class Order 98/1418 issued by the Australian Securities & Investments

  Commission. For further information see note 34.

88

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 34 Deed of cross guarantee

As at the date of this report, Adelaide Brighton Ltd, Adelaide Brighton Cement Ltd, Cockburn Cement Ltd, Adelaide Brighton Cement Investments 
Pty Ltd, Adelaide Brighton Management Ltd, Northern Cement Ltd, Premier Resources Ltd, Hy-Tec Industries Pty Ltd, Hy-Tec Industries (Victoria) Pty 
Ltd, Hy-Tec Industries (Queensland) Pty Ltd, Morgan Cement International Pty Ltd, Adbri Masonry Group Pty Ltd, C&M Masonry Products Pty Ltd 
and Adbri Masonry Pty Ltd are parties to a Deed of Cross Guarantee (the Deed) under which each Company guarantees the debts of the others. By 
entering into the Deed, the wholly-owned entities have been relieved 
from the requirement to prepare a financial report and Directors’ report under Class Order 98/1418 (as amended) issued by the Australian Securities & 
Investments Commission. The above companies represent a “Closed Group” for the purposes of the Class Order, and as there are no other parties to 
the Deed that are controlled by the Company, they also represent the “Extended Closed Group”.

Set out below is a consolidated balance sheet as at 31 December 2010 of the Closed Group.

 ($ Million)  

 Current assets
   Cash and cash equivalents 
   Trade and other receivables 
   Inventories 

   Assets classified as held for sale 

 Total current assets 

 Non-current assets
   Receivables 
   Investments accounted for using the equity method 
   Other financial assets 
   Property, plant and equipment 
   Intangible assets 

 Total non-current assets 

 Total assets 

 Current liabilities
   Trade and other payables 
   Borrowings 
   Current tax liabilities 
   Provisions 
   Other liabilities 

 Total current liabilities 

 Non-current liabilities
   Borrowings 
   Deferred tax liabilities 
   Provisions 
   Retirement benefit obligations 
   Other non-current liabilities 

 Total non-current liabilities 

 Total liabilities 

 Net assets 

 Equity
   Contributed equity 
   Reserves 
   Retained earnings  

 Total equity 

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

2010 

2009

- 
230.0 
109.4 

339.4 
0.2 

339.6 

30.4 
83.7 
10.2 
673.2 
178.4 

975.9 

21.0
245.3
99.8

366.1
12.7

378.8

30.5
68.5
10.2
683.2
169.0

961.4

1,315.5 

1,340.2

163.8 
2.3 
26.0 
21.4 
3.9 

217.4 

150.2 
39.9 
32.6 
4.2 
0.1 

227.0 

444.4 

871.1 

692.7 
2.6 
175.8 

871.1 

164.9
0.4
16.1
24.2
14.3

219.9

200.5
48.2
29.9
5.8
0.1

284.5

504.4

835.8

690.4
2.9
142.5

835.8

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
($ Million)  

 34 Deed of cross guarantee (continued)

Set out below is a condensed consolidated income statement, a consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income and a summary of movements in consolidated retained profits for the year ended 31 December 2010 
of the Closed Group.

 Profit before income tax 
 Income tax expense 

 Profit for the year 

 Retained earnings 1 January 
 Profit for the year 
 Transactions recognised directly in retained earnings 
 Dividends paid 

 Retained earnings 31 December 

 35 Reconciliation of profit after income tax to net cash inflow from operating activities

 Profit for the year 
   Doubtful debts 
   Depreciation and amortisation 
   Share based payments expense 
   Finance charges on remediation provision 
   (Gain) on sale of non-current assets 
   Share of profits of joint ventures 
   Non-cash retirement benefits expense 
   Other 

 Net cash provided by operating activities before changes in assets and liabilities 

 Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from purchase of controlled entity:
   (Increase) decrease in inventories 
   Decrease (increase) in prepayments 
   Decrease (increase) in receivables 
   Increase in trade creditors 
   (Decrease) in provisions 
   Increase in taxes payable 
   (Decrease) increase in deferred taxes payable 
   (Decrease) in other operating liabilities 

Consolidated

2010 

2009

199.4 
(50.0 ) 

149.4 

142.5 
149.4 
(1.9 ) 
(114.2 ) 

175.8 

151.5 
0.2 
52.8 
1.1 
0.3 
(2.6 ) 
(15.2 ) 
1.5  
(2.2 ) 

187.4  

(10.0 ) 
1.4  
8.0  
1.3  
(0.1 ) 
10.4  
(8.3 ) 
(1.6 ) 

165.6
(44.6 )

121.0

99.0
121.0
4.0
(81.5 )

142.5

123.1
(2.6 )
56.8
0.8
0.4
(1.0 )
(4.8 )
1.7
3.9

178.3

8.3
(0.5 )
(10.7 )
8.1
(2.0 )
11.0
2.4
(6.8 )

 Net cash inflow from operating activities 

188.5 

188.1

90

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (Cents)  

 36 Earnings per share

 Basic earnings per share 

 Diluted earnings per share 

 (Number)  

 Weighted average number of shares used as the denominator
 Weighted average number of ordinary shares used as the denominator in calculating basic earnings 
 per share 
 Adjustment for calculation of diluted earnings per share:
   Awards 

 Weighted average number of ordinary shares and potential ordinary shares used as the denominator 
 in calculating diluted earnings per share 

 ($ Million)  

 Reconciliation of earnings used in calculating earnings per share
 Basic and diluted earnings per share
   Profit after tax 
   Profit attributable to non-controlling interests 

   Profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the Company used in calculating basic and diluted 
   earnings per share 

 37 Events occurring after the balance sheet date

Consolidated

2010 

2009

23.9 

23.7 

20.4

20.3

Consolidated

2010 

2009

634,851,343 

603,750,770

5,315,000 

2,460,000

640,166,343 

606,210,770

Consolidated

2010 

2009

151.4 
0.1 

123.2
(0.1 )

151.5 

123.1

As at the date of this report, no other matter or circumstance has arisen since 31 December 2010 that has significantly affected, or may significantly 
affect the Group’s operations, the results of those operations, or the Group’s state of affairs in future financial years.

 38 Segment reporting

  (a) Description of segments

Management has determined the operating segments based on the reports reviewed by the Managing Director. These reports are evaluated regularly 
in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.

The two reportable segments have been identified as follows;

  • Cement, Lime and Concrete

  • Concrete Products

The operating segments, Cement, Lime and Concrete, all individually meet the quantitative thresholds required by AASB 8 as well as meeting the 
aggregation criteria allowing them to be reported as one segment. Concrete Products meets the quantitative threshold therefore is reported as a 
separate segment. The Cement, Lime and Concrete Products Joint Ventures form part of the above two reportable segments as they meet the 
aggregation criteria.

The major end-use markets of Adelaide Brighton’s products include residential and non-residential construction, engineering construction, alumina 
and steel production and mining.

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 38 Segment reporting (continued)

 (b) Segment information provided to the Managing Director

The segment information provided to the Managing Director for the reportable segments for the year ended 31 December 2010 is as follows:

 2010

  Notes 
($ Million) 

 Total segment operating revenue 
 Inter-segment revenue 

 Revenue from external customers 

 Depreciation and amortisation 

 EBIT 

 2009

  Notes 
($ Million) 

 Total segment operating revenue 
 Inter-segment revenue 

 Revenue from external customers 

 Depreciation and amortisation 

 EBIT 

Cement, Lime 
and Concrete 

Concrete 
Products 

All other
segments 

1,084.4 
(35.3 ) 

1,049.1 

39.1 

223.7 

131.5 
- 

131.5 

7.9 

3.8 

61.6 
- 

61.6 

5.8 

(11.3 ) 

Cement, Lime 
and Concrete 

Concrete 
Products 

All other
segments 

1,007.2 
(31.2 ) 

976.0 

44.6 

185.1 

132.8 
- 

132.8 

8.1 

4.4 

54.2 
- 

54.2 

4.1 

(4.2 ) 

Total

1,277.5
(35.3 )

1,242.2

52.8

216.2

Total

1,194.2
(31.2 )

1,163.0

56.8

185.3

The operating revenue assessed by the Managing Director includes revenue from external customers and the 50% share of revenue from the Joint 
Ventures and excludes freight revenue, interest revenue and royalties. A reconciliation of segment operating revenue to revenue from continuing 
operations is provided as follows:

 ($ Million)  

 Total segment operating revenue 
 Inter-segment revenue elimination 
 Freight revenue 
 Interest revenue 
 Royalties 
 Elimination of joint venture revenue 

 Revenue from continuing operations 

Consolidated

2010 

2009

1,277.5 
(35.3 ) 
93.9  
2.3  
1.2  
(266.7 ) 

1,072.9 

1,194.2
(31.2 )
86.5
1.6
0.6
(264.5 )

987.2

The Managing Director assesses the performance of the operating segments based on a measure of EBIT. This measurement basis excludes the 
effect of net interest. A reconciliation of the EBIT to operating profit before income tax is provided as follows:

 ($ Million)  

 EBIT 
 Net interest 

 Profit before income tax 

Consolidated

2010 

216.2 
(14.0 ) 

202.2 

2009

185.3
(16.7 )

168.6

92

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ($ Million)  

 39 Parent entity financial information

  (a) Summary financial information

 The individual financial statements for the Company show the following aggregate amounts:
 Balance sheet
 Current assets 
 Total assets 
 Current liabilities 
 Total liabilities 

 Net assets 

 Shareholders’ equity
 Issued capital 
 Reserves
   Share-based payments 
 Retained earnings 

 Total shareholders’ equity 

 Profit for the year 

 Total comprehensive income 

 (b) Guarantees entered into by the parent entity

 Bank guarantees 

  (c) Contingent liabilities of the parent entity

The Company

2010 

2009

552.0 
1,087.2 
250.6 
401.5 

685.7 

685.6 

2.6 
(2.5 ) 

685.7 

99.9 

99.9 

734.8
1,267.9
370.3
569.9

698.0

683.2

2.9
11.9

698.0

43.6

43.6

2.3 

2.6

The parent entity did not have any contingent liabilities as at 31 December 2010 or 31 December 2009 other than the Bank guarantees detailed 
above.

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010
NOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ declaration

Auditor’s declaration

  In the Directors’ opinion

Auditor’s Independence Declaration

 As lead auditor for the audit of Adelaide 
Brighton Ltd for the year ended
31 December 2010, I declare that to the 
best of my knowledge and belief, there have 
been:

  a) no contraventions of the auditor 

independence requirements of the 
Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the 
audit; and

  b) no contraventions of any applicable code of 
professional conduct in relation to the audit.

 This declaration is in respect of 
Adelaide Brighton Ltd and the entities 
it controlled during the year.

 A G Forman 
 Partner 
 PricewaterhouseCoopers

Adelaide
3 March 2011

  Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional 

Standards Legislation

  (a) the financial statements and notes set out 
on pages 48 to 93 are in accordance with 
the Corporations Act 2001, including:

(i) complying with Accounting Standards, 
the Corporations Regulations 2001 and 
other mandatory professional reporting 
requirements; and

(ii) giving a true and fair view of the 

consolidated entity’s financial position as at 
31 December 2010 and of its performance 
for the financial year ended on that date; and

  (b) there are reasonable grounds to believe that 
the Company will be able to pay its debts as 
and when they become due and payable; 
and

  (c) at the date of this declaration, there are 

reasonable ground to believe that the 
members of the Extended Closed Group 
identified in note 34 will be able to meet any 
obligations or liabilities to which they are, or 
may become, subject by virtue of the Deed 
of Cross Guarantee described in note 34.

 Note 1(a) confirms that the financial 
statements also comply with International 
Financial Reporting Standards as issued 
by the International Accounting Standards 
Board.

 The Directors have been given the 
declarations by the Managing Director and 
Chief Financial Officer required by section 
295A of the Corporations Act 2001.

 This declaration is made in accordance with 
a resolution of the Directors.

 M Chellew
 Managing Director
 Dated 3 March 2011

94

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent audit report

Report on the financial report

Auditor’s responsibility

We have audited the accompanying financial 
report of Adelaide Brighton Limited (the 
company), which comprises the balance 
sheet as at 31 December 2010, and 
the income statement, the statement of 
comprehensive income, statement of 
changes in equity and statement of cash 
flows for the year ended on that date, a 
summary of significant accounting policies, 
other explanatory notes and the directors’ 
declaration for the Adelaide Brighton 
Ltd group (the consolidated entity). The 
consolidated entity comprises the company 
and the entities it controlled at the year’s end 
or from time to time during the financial year.

Directors’ responsibility for the financial 
report

The directors of the company are 
responsible for the preparation of the 
financial report that gives a true and fair view 
in accordance with Australian Accountant 
Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 
and for such internal control as the directors 
determine is necessary to enable the 
preparation of the financial report that is free 
from material misstatement, weather due 
to fraud or error. In Note 1, the directors 
also state, in accordance with Accounting 
Standard AASB 101 Presentation of 
Financial Statements, that the financial 
statements comply with International 
Financial Reporting Standards.

Our responsibility is to express an opinion 
on the financial report based on our audit. 
We conducted our audit in accordance 
with Australian Auditing Standards. These 
Auditing Standards require that we comply 
with relevant ethical requirements relating to 
audit engagements and plan and perform 
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance 
whether the financial report is free from 
material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to 
obtain audit evidence about the amounts 
and disclosures in the financial report. The 
procedures selected depend on the auditor’s 
judgement, including the assessment of 
the risks of material misstatement of the 
financial report, whether due to fraud or 
error. In making those risk assessments, the 
auditor considers internal control relevant to 
the entity’s preparation and fair presentation 
of the financial report in order to design 
audit procedures that are appropriate in the 
circumstances, but not for the purpose of 
expressing an opinion on the effectiveness 
of the entity’s internal control. An audit also 
includes evaluating the appropriateness 
of accounting policies used and the 
reasonableness of accounting estimates 
made by the directors, as well as evaluating 
the overall presentation of the financial 
report.

Our procedures include reading the 
other information in the Annual Report to 
determine whether it contains any material 
inconsistencies with the financial report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have 
obtained is sufficient and appropriate to 
provide a basis for our audit opinions.

Independence

In conducting our audit, we have complied 
with the independence requirements of the 
Corporations Act 2001.

Auditor’s opinion

In our opinion:

  (a) the financial report of Adelaide Brighton 
Limited is in accordance with the 
Corporations Act 2001, including:

(i) giving a true and fair view of the 

consolidated entity’s financial position as at 
31 December 2010 and of its performance 
for the year ended on that date; and

(ii) complying with Australian Accounting 
Standards (including the Australian 
Accounting Interpretations) and the 
Corporations Regulations 2001; and

  (b) the financial report and notes also comply 
with International Financial Reporting 
Standards as disclosed in Note 1.

Report on the Remuneration Report

We have audited the remuneration report 
included in pages 38 to 47 of the directors’ 
report for the year ended 31 December 
2010. The directors of the company 
are responsible for the preparation and 
presentation of the remuneration report 
in accordance with section 300A of the 
Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility is 
to express an opinion on the remuneration 
report, based on our audit conducted 
in accordance with Australian Auditing 
Standards.

Auditor’s opinion

In our opinion, the remuneration report of 
Adelaide Brighton Limited for the year ended 
31 December 2010, complies with section 
300A of the Corporations Act 2001.

 PricewaterhouseCoopers

 A G Forman 
Partner 

Adelaide
3 March 2011

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional 

Standards Legislation. 

PricewaterhouseCoopers
ABN 52 780 433 757
Level 14, 91 King William Street, 
Adelaide SA 5000
GPO Box 418, Adelaide SA 5001
Telephone +61 8 8218 7000
Facsimile +61 8 8218 7999
www.pwc.com.au

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD AND ITS CONTROLLED ENTITIES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2010

95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial history

Year ended 
($ Million unless stated) 

Dec 
2010 

Dec 
2009 

Dec 
2008 

Dec 
2007 

Dec 
2006 

Dec 
2005 

Dec9 
2004 

Dec 
2003 

Dec 
2002 

Dec 
2001 

Dec7
2000

Statements of financial performance 
Sales revenue 

1,072.9 

987.2  1,022.4 

 888.4  

 794.7  

 717.3  

 683.4  

 630.6  

 486.8  

 387.8  

 401.9 

Depreciation and Amortisation 

(52.8) 

(56.8) 

(56.8) 

 (52.4)  

 (51.8)  

 (47.0)  

 (51.4)  

 (52.3)  

 (45.1)  

 (41.0)  

 (43.2) 

Earnings before interest and tax 

216.2 

185.3 

189.1 

 171.3  

 148.8  

 134.1  

 119.6  

 97.0  

 80.0  

 46.9  

 48.6 

Net interest earned (paid) 

(14.0) 

(16.7) 

(33.8)  

(21.7)  

(15.2)  

(14.0)  

(14.7)  

(12.6)  

(13.1)  

(16.3)  

(19.5) 

Profit before tax, abnormal and
extraordinary items 

202.2 

168.6  

155.3  

 149.6  

 133.6  

 120.1  

 104.9  

 84.4  

 66.9  

 30.6  

 29.1 

Tax expense1 

(50.8) 

(45.4) 

(34.5)  

(35.7)  

(31.0)  

(29.2)  

(11.8)  

(25.8)  

 (16.2)  

- 

0.1 

-  

(0.1) 

-  

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -   

(0.5)  

 -   

 -   

 1.3  

 -   

(1.1)  

(0.9)  

 -   

 -  

 -  

 -   

 -  

 - 

 -  

 - 

Profit from discontinued operations  

Non-controlling interests1 

Net profit after tax and
non-controlling interests before 
abnormal and extraordinary items1 

Abnormal and extraordinary items after 
tax and outside equity interest 

Net profit (loss) after tax, 
abnormal and extraordinary items 

Group balance sheet 

Current assets 

151.5 

123.1  

120.8  

 113.9  

 102.1  

 90.9  

 93.3  

 57.7  

 50.7  

 30.6  

 29.1 

- 

- 

 -    

 -   

 -   

 -   

 -  

 -  

 -  

 -  

 -

151.5 

123.1  

120.8  

 113.9  

 102.1  

 90.9  

 93.3  

 57.7  

 50.7  

 30.6  

 29.1

274.1 

308.8 

290.8 

 233.1  

 224.7  

 211.0  

 196.2  

 173.3  

 143.3  

 119.0  

 136.4 

Property, plant and equipment 

760.6 

774.3 

801.9 

 742.5  

 694.2  

 665.6  

 613.5  

 620.1  

 561.3  

 510.7  

 509.1 

Receivables 

Investments 

Intangibles 

30.4 

87.7 

30.4 

72.5 

28.4 

67.6 

 29.5  

 27.5  

 23.3  

 19.1  

 12.2  

 12.5  

 11.7  

 10.9

 66.9  

 40.8  

 38.1  

 35.6  

 33.6  

 30.8  

 27.6  

 26.9 

179.1 

169.0 

169.4 

 164.4  

 164.6  

 165.0  

 165.5  

 166.4  

 146.6  

 147.2  

 152.7 

Other non-current assets 

- 

- 

- 

 2.7  

 22.9  

 19.0  

 19.7  

 17.1  

 28.5  

 37.0  

 29.6 

Total assets 

1,331.9  1,355.0   1,358.1    1,239.1    1,174.7    1,122.0    1,049.6    1,022.7  

 923.0  

 853.2  

 865.6 

Current borrowings and creditors 

106.4 

106.5 

98.4 

 145.5  

 125.8  

 323.5  

 294.6  

 306.3  

 58.3  

 49.9  

 99.4 

Current provisions 

Non-current borrowings 

Deferred income tax and other 
non-current provisions 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Share Capital 

Reserves 

Retained Profits 

Shareholders’ equity attributable 
to members of the company 

52.6 

55.4 

44.5 

 49.5  

 54.1  

 58.2  

 48.1  

 42.3  

 54.8  

 43.8  

 52.2 

150.2 

200.5 

410.5 

 281.9  

 210.7  

 1.0  

 1.1  

 1.5  

 200.8  

 228.5  

 204.9

88.4 

95.6 

102.8 

 94.3  

 109.1  

 105.3  

 116.8  

 97.0  

 83.3  

 77.0  

 66.9 

397.6 

458.0  

656.2  

 571.2  

 499.7  

 488.0  

 460.6  

 447.1  

 397.2  

 399.2  

 423.4 

934.3 

897.0  

701.9  

 667.9  

 675.0  

 634.0  

 589.0  

 575.6  

 525.8  

 454.0  

 442.2 

692.7 

690.4 

540.4 

 514.0  

 513.3  

 513.3  

 512.8  

 512.8  

 512.1  

 462.4  

 462.2 

2.6 

2.9 

3.5 

 14.5  

 13.3  

 14.0  

 12.8  

 30.4  

 30.6  

 30.9  

 30.8 

236.0 

200.6 

155.0 

 136.4  

 139.8  

 98.4  

 54.1  

 22.4  

(19.9)  

(42.2)  

(53.8)

931.3 

893.9 

698.9 

 664.9  

 666.4  

 625.7  

 579.7  

 565.6  

 522.8  

 451.0  

 439.2 

Non-controlling interests 

3.0 

3.1  

3.0  

 3.0  

 8.6  

 8.3  

 9.3  

 10.0  

 3.0  

 3.0  

 3.0 

Total Shareholders funds 

934.3 

897.0  

701.9  

 667.9  

 675.0  

 634.0  

 589.0  

 575.6  

 525.8  

 454.0  

 442.2 

Share information 

Asset Backing (A$/share) 

1.19 

1.15 

0.97 

 0.93  

 0.94  

 0.87  

 0.78  

 0.76  

 0.70  

 0.65  

0.61

Return on shareholders’ funds (%) 

16.3% 

13.8% 

17.2% 

17.1% 

15.3% 

14.5% 

16.1% 

10.2% 

9.7% 

6.8% 

6.6%

Basic earnings per share (¢/share) 

Diluted earnings (¢/share) 

Total dividend (¢/share) 

Interim dividend (¢/share) 

Final dividend (¢/share) 

Special dividend (¢/share) 

Gearing 

23.9 

23.7 

20.4 

20.3 

22.2 

22.0 

 21.0  

 18.8  

 16.8  

 17.2  

 10.7  

 9.9  

 6.5  

 6.1 

 20.8  

 16.4  

16.2  

14.6  

10.7  

21.52 

13.52 

15.02 

 18.52  

 18.52  

10.52 

7.52 

9.02 

5.02 

5.52 

8.02 

- 

6.52 

8.52 

- 

6.02 

9.02 

3.52 

5.02 

7.52 

6.02 

4.252 

6.252 

- 

7.52 

3.52 

4.02 

- 

9.9  

5.25 

2.55 

6.0 

2.753 

3.252,8 

2.754 

- 

- 

6.5  

4.0 

2.06 

2.05 

- 

6.1 

3.02

1.52

1.52

-

15.9% 

19.6% 

55.3% 

48.4% 

33.6% 

35.8% 

31.4% 

37.7% 

34.6% 

45.6% 

51.8%

11  Excluding extraordinary items
12  Fully franked 

13  60% Franked

14  35% Franked
15  20% Franked

16  13% Franked

17  Proforma 12 month period
18  Dividend declared after year end as a result of Boral Ltd Takeover Offer of Adelaide Brighton Ltd

19  Restated for AIFRS

96

ADELAIDE BRIGHTON LTD ANNUAL REPORT 2010

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adelaide Brighton Ltd is a leading, integrated construction 
materials and lime producing group of companies focused 
on the engineering, infrastructure and resource sectors. 
The Group’s principal activities are the production and marketing 
of clinker, cement and lime products, premixed concrete and 
aggregates, and concrete products. Adelaide Brighton originated 
in 1882 and is a S&P/ASX200 company with 1,600 employees 
and operations in all Australian states and territories.

Cement and Lime
Adelaide Brighton is a market leader in cement and lime in South Australia, Western Australia, 
and the Northern Territory through its Adelaide Brighton Cement, Cockburn Cement and 
Northern Cement operations. It also has strategic operations in the eastern states through its 
Morgan Cement grinding facility in New South Wales, and its 50% owned cement supply joint 
ventures in Queensland (Sunstate Cement) and Victoria (Independent Cement and Lime).

Concrete and Aggregates
Adelaide Brighton has a modest position in the premixed concrete markets through 
Hy-Tec in Victoria, New South Wales and south east Queensland, and a 50% joint 
venture in northern Victoria and southern New South Wales with the Mawson Group. 
The Company has an emerging position in aggregate supply, with strategic reserves 
at Austen Quarry, west of Sydney, through the Mawson Group in northern Victoria 
and southern New South Wales and Hurd Haulage in northern New South Wales.  

Concrete Products
Under the brand of Adbri Masonry, Adelaide Brighton holds 
the number one market position in Australia in the masonry 
products market, with operations in Queensland, New South 
Wales, Victoria, Tasmania and South Australia.

Customers and sustainability 
The major end-use markets for Adelaide Brighton’s 
products include residential and non-residential 
construction, engineering construction, alumina, 
and gold mining and production. The Company’s 
commitment to sustainable development is 
demonstrated through a range of actions 
implemented across a balanced program of 
business based initiatives.  Adelaide Brighton 
believes that setting and achieving sustainability 
objectives throughout its organisation positions it 
for long term competitive business performance.

Cover quotation: study by the 

American Concrete Institute

1

2

3

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

23

30

32

34

38

48

94

95

96

2010 highlights

Chairman’s report

Managing Director’s report

Financial results

Review of operations

Cement and Lime

Concrete and Aggregates

Concrete Products

Joint ventures

Map of operations

Sustainability

Corporate governance

Directors

Shareholder information

Directors’ report

Remuneration report

Financial statements

Auditor’s independence declaration

Independent audit report

Financial history

The Adelaide Brighton logo, the MCI logo, the Cockburn Cement logo, 
the Swan Cement logo, the Northern Cement logo, the Hy-Tec logo, 
the Adbri Masonry logo, the Hurd Haulage logo and the Kancon logo 
are trade marks of Adelaide Brighton Ltd or its related bodies corporate

Adelaide Brighton Ltd Annual Report 2010

Adelaide Brighton Ltd 
ABN 15 007 596 018
Level 1
157 Grenfell Street
Adelaide
South Australia 5000
GPO Box 2155
Adelaide SA 5001
Telephone (08) 8223 8000
Facsimile (08) 8215 0030
Web www.adbri.com.au